<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jas213</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jas213"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Jas213"/>
	<updated>2026-05-16T16:15:35Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733429</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733429"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T01:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:48, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;State the initial conditions of your experiment before the table and give an overall concluding comment of what you learned from this experiment. The penultimate and ultimate case are examples of barrier recrossing. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs. [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:57, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A distance of 0.73 lower than the bond distance of 0.74 A will always oscillate/repel each other.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You were only meant to find one TS. It is the same saddle point no matter which way round you look at the reaction. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units of the software are kcal/mol Nice illustration of your working. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 02:00, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Do the values agree with what you would expect? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 02:02, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, but a very lazy reply. Where is your discussion of the validity of polanyi&#039;s rules? Where are some sample trajectories varying between -3 and +3 etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733428</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733428"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T01:00:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:48, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;State the initial conditions of your experiment before the table and give an overall concluding comment of what you learned from this experiment. The penultimate and ultimate case are examples of barrier recrossing. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs. [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:57, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A distance of 0.73 lower than the bond distance of 0.74 A will always oscillate/repel each other.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You were only meant to find one TS. It is the same saddle point no matter which way round you look at the reaction. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units of the software are kcal/mol Nice illustration of your working. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 02:00, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Do the values agree with what you would expect? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733427</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733427"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:59:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:48, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;State the initial conditions of your experiment before the table and give an overall concluding comment of what you learned from this experiment. The penultimate and ultimate case are examples of barrier recrossing. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs. [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:57, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A distance of 0.73 lower than the bond distance of 0.74 A will always oscillate/repel each other.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You were only meant to find one TS. It is the same saddle point no matter which way round you look at the reaction. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units of the software are kcal/mol Nice illustration of your working. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733426</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733426"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:59:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:48, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;State the initial conditions of your experiment before the table and give an overall concluding comment of what you learned from this experiment. The penultimate and ultimate case are examples of barrier recrossing. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs. [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:57, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A distance of 0.73 lower than the bond distance of 0.74 A will always oscillate/repel each other.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You were only meant to find one TS. It is the same saddle point no matter which way round you look at the reaction. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733425</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733425"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:57:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:48, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;State the initial conditions of your experiment before the table and give an overall concluding comment of what you learned from this experiment. The penultimate and ultimate case are examples of barrier recrossing. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs. [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:57, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A distance of 0.73 lower than the bond distance of 0.74 A will always oscillate/repel each other.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733424</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733424"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:48:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:48, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;State the initial conditions of your experiment before the table and give an overall concluding comment of what you learned from this experiment. The penultimate and ultimate case are examples of barrier recrossing. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733423</id>
		<title>MRD:yw7216</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:yw7216&amp;diff=733423"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:46:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q1 : What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r2 is the initial distance of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. And the gradient of the potential energy surface for r1 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. And that for r2 is ∂V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. The graph is in 3D structure, therefore the transition structure (saddle point) and the minimum point both are 0 in gradient (the first derivative). Gradient can&#039;t tell whether this is saddle point or minimum point, then the curvature and its determinant could be used. The curvature is the approximation of the second derivative (which are f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2) and f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)), and its determinant is f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(r1,r2)f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r2r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2)) -(f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r1r2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r1,r2))&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. At the minimum point, both the curvature and the determinant will be greater than 0. But at the saddle point, the determinant of the curvature will be less than 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q2 : Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the plot of distance vs time with the initial settings, the transition state position is at about 0.915 Å (by looking at figure 1 and figure 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Distance-vs-time-original 0.915-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 1:plot of distance vs time with initial settings]] || [[File:Zoom-distance-vs-time-0.915-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 2: zoom of figure 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because if H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; start at the transition position and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with no initial momenta, they will remain at the transition position forever and therefore no oscillatory behavior will be observed on the Distance vs. time plotting. Therefore set both momenta as 0, and try different values which are close to 0.915 of r1 and r2 until two lines are straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Testing-transition-position-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 3:testing of 0.915Å]] || [[File:Transition-position-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 4: The transition position is at 0.90777Å]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q3 : Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Mep-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 5:calculation of reaction path by mep]] || [[File:Dynamics-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 6: calculation of reaction path by dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r1 was set as 0.91777 and r2 was set as 0.90777, and both calculations were in 10000 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that mep provided a lowest energy path which is very smooth but dynamics provided a path with oscillations. The mep method doesn&#039;t account for the real motion of the atoms while the dynamic method includes the diatomic vibrations. And mep has a shorter path than dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:46, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What does MEP mean? It does not allow real motion, because it sets the momentum to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q4: Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! Set!! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Kinetic energy !! Potential energy!! Total energy !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || +4.678 || -103.706 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:1.25-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 7. SET 1]] || &lt;br /&gt;
The path starts at the AB (reactant) side and ends at the BC (product) side by passing through the transition position, which means the initial momenta allows the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||-1.5 || -2.0 || +3.250 || -103.706||  -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:1.5-2.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 8. SET 2]] || The path starts at the reactant side, haven&#039;t reached the transition position then going back to the reactant side, which means the initial momenta doesn&#039;t allow the reaction to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 ||-1.5 || -2.5 || +4.750 || -103.706 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:1.5-2.5-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 9. SET 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|| Same as the first one, the path starts at reactants side and reach the product side by passing through the transition position, reaction allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 ||-2.5 || -5.0 || +18.750 || -103.706|| -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:2.5-5.0-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 10. SET 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
 || The path starts at the reactant side and also passes through the transition position, but going back to the reactant side. The reaction is not allowed. But it is different from the second one, it is not a smooth and continuous path, with drastically oscillations. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 ||-2.5 || -5.2 ||+20.290 || -103.706 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:2.5-5.2-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 11. SET 5]] || The path starts at the reactant side and passes through the transition position for two times, then reaches the product sides. The path is not smooth with drastically oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Q5: State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Main assumption &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state is in equilibrium with products and reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantum-tunneling effects are negligible and the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactant states atoms are in Boltzmann distributed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the system attains the transition state, with a velocity towards the product configuration, it will not go back to the initial state region again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comparison ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The assumption stated that the route won&#039;t fall back to initial states once it has already reached the transition states, but the 4th set of the analysis, the path fell back to the initial states after reaching the transition state position. Therefore the actual rate of the reaction might be lower than theoretical rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rate of reaction will increase by the tunneling effect &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q6 : Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H-H-exothermic-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 12: F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:H+HF-endothermic-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 13: H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(AB is the reactant side and BC is the product side)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H-H reaction, the reactant side is higher in energy than the product side, therefore this is an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H + H-F reaction, the product side is higher in energy than the reactant side, therefore this is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enthalpy change of the reaction is equal to (the total energy of bond broken in reactants) - (the total energy of bond made in products). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first reaction has a negative enthalpy change, which means the total energy of bond broken (H-H) in reactants is less than that in products (H-F). This indicates H-H has a weaker bond strength than H-F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second reaction has a positive enthalpy change, which means total energy of bond broken (H-F) in reactants is more than in products (H-H). This indicates H-F has a stronger bond strength than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By looking up the literature values, H-H has a bond energy 432 kj/mol and H-F is 565 kj/mol proving that H-F is a stronger bond than H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q7 : Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 14: Estimation of transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]] || [[File:F+H2-transitionPosition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 15: Transition position of F + H&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state for a exothermic reaction might be much closer to the reactant, by looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B =0.73 Å  and B-C = 1.85 Å  was chosen for the estimation of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. We can still see that the distance of A-C and B-C are gradually increasing and there is still oscillation occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values between 0.73-0.75 Å of A-B and 1.80-1.85 Å of B-C. The best results were found, which the A-B distance (H-H) is 0.7449 Å and the B-C distance (H-F) is 1.8105 Å .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-testtrans-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 16: Estimation of transition position of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-transitionposition-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 17: Transition position of H + HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hammond&#039;s postulate also states that the structure of transition state in a endothermic reaction has a closer structure to the product. By looking at the surface plot for the reaction, A-B = 1.86 Å, BC= 0.74 Å was a ideal estimating position of the transition position. Both momenta were set to 0. The oscillation is still visible and the distance of A-B, A-C are still increasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then try on different values, A-B (H-F) = 1.8102 Å and B-C (H-H) = 0.7461 Å is the best estimation results for the transition position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q8: Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:F+H2-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 18: Activation energy of F + H2]] || [[File:F+H2-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Settings for mep calculation of F+ H2]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 19: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the calculation method into mep, slightly increase the distance for BC in 0.01, the path will drop back to reactants ground states (AB reaction sides), then the activation energy could be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.751 - (-103.947) = + 0.236 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:H+HF-act-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 20: Activation energy of H + HF]] || [[File:H+HF-act-settings-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 21: Settings for mep calculation of H + HF]]|| [[File:F+H2-reactionside-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 22: Surface plot]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reaction, decrease the AB distance in 0.01, by looking at the surface plot, the path also falls back to reaction side (AB side).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy = -103.807 - (-133.844) = +30.037 kj/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q9: In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:P=1.2reactive-yw7216.PNG |400px|thumb|center|Figure 23:reactive path and settings]] || [[File:Momenta-graph-q9-yw7216.PNG|400px|thumb|center|Figure 24: momenta vs. time graph]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the momentum of H-H becomes 1.2, the reaction is reactive. The path starts at the AB reactant side and ends at the BC product sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the momenta vs. time graph (figure 24) shows, the reaction energy is released as vibrational energy (it oscillated intensively). After H-F (B-C) produced, it vibrated strongly. Before the product forms, most of it is still translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Q10: Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Polanyi rules, the vibrational energy is more efficient to activate the the late activation barrier than the translational energy, and translational energy is more efficient for the early transition state barrier.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; , it is an exothermic reaction which has an early transition state. Therefore the translational energy is the main part of energy to support the activation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is an endothermic reaction that has a late transition state. Therefore the vibrational energy is the main part to support the activation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] T. Bligaard and J. Nørskov, Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces, 2008, 255–321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] J. Kästner, Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Computational Molecular Science, 2013, 4, 158–168&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G. Czako and J. M. Bowman, Science, 2011, 334, 343–346.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733422</id>
		<title>Mac716compphyslabreport</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733422"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:41:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Question 3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Minima===&lt;br /&gt;
At a minimum, the gradient of the potential energy with respect to the inter-nuclear distance is zero and the second derivative is greater than zero: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eg. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0 for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence the value(s) for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; above at which the two conditions above are satisfied represent a minimum in potential energy ie. when the distance between C and the B-A product, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, when ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0, the distance between A and the B-C molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, minima can correspond to reactants, products or intermediates on the potential energy surface and a represented by point on the potential energy surface in which the potential energy is a minimum in all directions, q,: ie.  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q)/∂q&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;0   &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition state is represented by a saddle point on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction of the reaction pathway, q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; there is a maximum in potential energy: ie. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0           Condition 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction orthogonal to the reaction pathway q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, (as well as in all other directions), there is minimum in potential energy: ie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0            Condition 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the transition point is given by the intersection point between this maximum and minimum which is given by condition 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0              Condition 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, a transition pointe. a saddle point on the PES is given by a point at which the three above conditions are true. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different distances with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 where tested for values ranging between 0.800 Å and 0.910 Å for r. The best estimate for the transition state position was found as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å. At this distance, the &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot shows 3 approximately flat lines. The A-B and C-B distance are equal at 0.908 Å (orange and blue lines are superimposed) and the lines are approximately flat suggesting that the A-B and C-B bonds (which do not vibrate since the system does not possess any kinetic energy) do not spontaneously alter in length significantly (so as to further decrease the potential and hence total energy of the system) when the A-B and B-C distances are equal at0.908 Å. The A-C distance is approximately 2(0.908)= 1.816 Å ie. twice the A-B distance. This line (green) is also approximately flat suggesting that the A-C distance does not fluctuate significantly around this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the presence of the flat lines on the &amp;quot;distance vs.time&amp;quot; plot suggest that at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å the atoms do not spontaneously move further/close to one another significantly so to decrease the potential energy of the system. This suggests that at this point, the system is very close to the transition energy state ridge ie. the saddle point on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_plot.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system tend moves towards the configuration with the lowest potential energy. When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å, the A-B distance is smaller than the B-C distance. At each step the velocity is reset to zero so that the components do not accumulate any kinetic energy. Hence the system follows the lowest potential energy pathway and system &#039;rolls&#039; down this curve to a configuration of lower potential energy at each step ie. C moves progressively further away from B-A to a lower energy state.&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system spontaneously moves to a lowest potential energy state even when the particles do not accumulate any momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamics surface plot, the components of the system are able to accumulate kinetic energy: this means C is able to move away from the A-B molecule much more quickly than if the kinetic energy was set to zero after each step. Furthermore, in the dynamic model, the A-B bond fluctuates slightly around 0.908 Å (and hence possesses vibrational energy) whereas in the MEP model, the A-B bond does not fluctuate significantly around its mean bond length (as the system cannot accumulate any kinetic energy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:30, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why did you not provide any contour/surface plots here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internuclear distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the MEP &amp;quot;Internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the MEP model, A-B the bond length cannot vibrate significantly around its mean value since the vibrational energy is set to zero at each new step. The vibrational energy between the A-C and C-B atoms is also set to zero at each new step so the graph shows a superposition of three flat curves which do not show any significant amount of vibration and hence the change in momentum is zero at each point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:31, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Label your plots, what property are you plotting here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the dynamic &amp;quot;internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model , the A-B bond distance vibrates most significantly around its mean value. The C molecule has the greatest momentum suggesting it is away from the A-B molecule quickly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_dynamic.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Mep &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep model, the B-C and A-C distances increase less rapidly than in the dynamic model. At 2.5s, the distance between C and the B (from the B-A molecule)  is 1.23 Å in the mep model and 9.03 Å in the dynamic model.  This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more slowly than in the dynamic model. This is because in this model the kinetic energy of the C molecule is set to zero after each step. This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule purely on the basis of lowering the potential energy and hence the total energy of the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance also decrease much more rapidly in the dynamic model: the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=1.23 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dynamic &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model, the B-C and A-C distances increase much more rapidly than in the mep model (the distance/time gradients in the dynamic model are much greater than those in the mep model). This suggests that in the dynamic model, the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more quickly since it is able to accumulate kinetic energy and hence the potential energy of the system is decreased much more rapidly than in the map model. The A-B distance decreases much more quickly in the dynamic model (at approximately 0.5 s) than in the map model (at approximately 2.0 s) and the A-B bond vibrates around the 0.77 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=9.03 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For both models, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is 0.77 Å at 2.5s suggesting that ultimately after a very large number of steps in the mep model, the dynamic and mep model give the same r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances. It is expected that after an infinite number of steps, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances will be the same for both systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reversing the directions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ie. the distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ were used ie. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_momentum_graph2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distance vs. time graph for the mep model shows 3 flat curves because the kinetic energy and hence vibrational energy is set to zero after each step. For the internuclear distance vs. time dynamic plot the A molecule moves quickly away from B-C while the B-C product molecule is in a excited vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuc_disyt_dynamic2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac71_internuc_dist_dynamic2_actual.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the distances of  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å. In the mep model, the B-C bond distance decreases and the A-B bond distance increases spontaneously so as to decrease the potential energy of the system. The A-B bond distance increase much more rapidly than in the mep model since in the dynamic model the distance/time graph has a much steeper gradient. In dynamic model the B-C bond distance also decreases more rapidly than in the mep model and the bond vibrates around its mean value: : the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s. Hence, the plots for the  (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ) give graph of the same shape (as if atoms the labels for atoms  A and C were oppositely labelled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total energy (kcal/mol) !! Reactive or unreactive !! Description of T !! Contour plot !! Inter-nuclear distance plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || The digram shows the A molecule approaching the B-C molecule with mainly translational kinetic energy.. The collision between A and the B-C molecule passes over the saddle point to for a vibrationally excited A-B molecule and in which the C molecule moves progressively further away from the product A-B molecule. The distance vs. time plot suggests that the reactant molecules possess very little vibrational kinetic energy while the product molecule possess more vibrational energy. Hence, the reactants have enough translational and vibrational energy (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.25) for the reaction to be successful. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_1stline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_1stline.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Un-reactive || The reactants possess more vibrational energy than in the Example 1 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5. The reactants collide but the B-C molecule is vibrationally excited. A collision between the A and B-C molecule on this reaction pathway does not take the system to the saddle point and so no product molecule is formed. The reaction is unsuccessful and the B-C and A molecules more further apart once more. A possible explanation to this could be that the reactants do not possess enough translational energy in order to collide successfully to for a product molecule. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_2ndline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_line2.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956|| Reactive ||&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants possess the same amount of vibrational energy as in Example 2 (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5) but the reactants in example 3 possess more translational kinetic energy than in example 2 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 for this reaction. Unlike Example 2 this is a successful reaction. The reactants possess enough translational kinetic energy in order to collide successfully and for products. The A-B product molecules are in an excited vibrational state. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line3.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Un-Reactive || Description &lt;br /&gt;
The incoming reactant molecule possesses mainly translational energy. The reactants pass through the transition state region. The B-C product has enough energy to recross the barrier region and reform the reactant molecules with excess vibrational energy. Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This I usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Mac716-contour-line4.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line4.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || &lt;br /&gt;
The reactant molecules have enough translational energy to cross the transition state region. The vibrationally excited product has enough kinetic energy to re-cross the barrier to re-form reactant which itself still has enough kinetic energy to re-crosses the barrier once more to form vibrationally excited product molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line5.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line5.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to vibrational energy and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the systems have different total energy. The plots also suggest that the reaction is very sensitive to the initial reaction conditions.  More specifically, a sufficient amount of total kinetic energy of the reactants does not guarantee that the reaction path will go through the transition state and go on to form products. Instead, the amount of vibrational and the amount of translational kinetic energy of the reactants determines whether or not a collision goes through the transition state to form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What ratio of vibrational and translational E would you want in the above case? Very good and detailed description of each trajectory. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three assumptions of transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three assumptions of transition state theory are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. That the motion of the constituents of the system along the reaction coordinate can be described by classical mechanics (quantum effects are not considered by TST).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. That the species in the system in the different energy states are populated according to the Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Activated complexes that cross the transition state barrier are assumed to go on to form products. In transition state theory, the product formed is assumed to be &amp;quot;deactivated&amp;quot; and barrier recrossing is not considered by TST. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on the assumption that a potential energy surface defined in coordinate space can be used to calculate trajectories along which reactants pass through a transition state to form products without being able to turn back and reform reactants. Hence, transition state theory relies on the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and assumes that the energy of species along the reaction pathway is distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This is usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Furthermore, when the mass of the atoms are very small, such as H, quantum effects such as tunneling can allow reactant species with insufficient energy to cross the energy barrier and form products. Tunneling effects are driven by quantum effects which are not regarded in TST. Hence tunneling effects increase the actual rate of reaction compared to the TST estimate of the reaction rate. However, product molecules with sufficient energy can re-cross the transition state energy barrier re-forming reactants - this is know as barrier recrossing. Barrier recrossing is not considered in transition state theory. Hence barrier recrossing decreases the actual reaction rate compared to the TST reaction rate. Since barrier recrossing effects occur much more frequently than tunneling effect, the actual experimental reaction rate is less than the TST estimate of the reaction rate due to more important barrier recrossing factors. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Very detailed. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If atom A atom B and atom C represent H, H and F respectively: the potential energy surface shows that the potential energy of the system when the BC distance is very large compared to the AB distance, the system has a less negative potential energy. This suggest that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is higher in energy. When the AB distance is very large compared to the BC distance, the potential energy of the system is lowered. This suggests that the H-F +H system is lower in energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system. Hence the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; H + H-F is an exothermic reaction and the H + H-F --&amp;gt;  F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond and H-F bond have ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;=436 kJ/mol and 565kJ/mol respectively. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H, the ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=436-565=-129 kJ/mol.Hence, this reaction is exothermic as heat is released to the surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H-F + H --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction, ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&#039; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=565-436=129 kJ/mol which is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potential energy surface for the A-B + C system where A, B and C represent H, H and F respectively:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_system_exoendo.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction is exothermic, from Hammond&#039;s postulate, it is expected that the energy of the transition state will resemble that of the reactants more closely then that of the reactants ie. an early transition state is expected. The location of the transition state was found by manipulating the H-H distance (increasing between 1.0 and 0.5 Å) and B-C distance(decreasing between 1.5 and 2.0 Å) simultaneously. An estimate for the transition state position was found at H-H(A-B)=0.745 Å and H-F(B-C)=1.810 Å. At this point, the Internuclear distance vs. time graph shows three flat curves suggesting that a this point the atoms do to vibrate of diviate much from these bond distances ie. that the atoms are not moving so as to decrease the potential energy of the system and hence suggesting that this point is very close to the saddle point on the PES (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_bond_distance_saddle_point.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the exothermic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond distance was decreased slightly away from the stationary point (by decreasing the H-H bond distance by 0.01 so as to shift the system slightly towards the left of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB(HH):0.745 Å BC(HF):1.820 Å, (MEP, 200000 steps)--&amp;gt; Activation energy=-103.751-(-103.986)=0.235 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_energy_exothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the endothermic reaction H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have decreased  slightly the B-C distance to lit the equilibrium to the H + H-F side of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
(AB)=0.745 Å and BC(HF)=1.700 Å , (MEP, 50000 steps)---&amp;gt; Potential energy=-104.163-(-133.076)=28.913 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_endothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plots suggest that the activation energy for the exothermic reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H) is very small compared to the activation energy for the endothermic (reverse) reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 with p(AB)=-0.0 and p(BC)=-0.375. This gave a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contour plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_1.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear momenta vs. time plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of the H-F bond via an exothermic reaction. This energy is released as vibration and translational energy (ie. kinetic energy). The intermolecular momentum plot shows that the translational energy increases from 0.0 to approximately 2.5 as the B-C product moves away from the A molecule. The  B-C molecule formed has a large amount of vibrational energy and so is vibrationally excited (orange curve shows the vibrational excitation of the B-C product molecule). The plot further suggest that more energy is release as vibrational energy than as translational energy for this exothermic reaction.Experimentally, this could be confirmed using IR spectroscopy. One would expect to see a main peak in the IR spectrum with several lower energy overtones. The greater the intensity of the overtones in the IR spectrum, the more vibrationally excited the product molecule formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial condition of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 and p(B)=-0.5, values of p(AB) were tested between -3 and 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Table of different trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p(AB) !!  Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour1.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9|| Unreactive ||   [[File:Mac716_contour2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8|| Unreactive|| [[File:Mac716 conour3.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.8||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour4.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9||Reactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour5.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 ||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour6.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, all of the different reactions tested did not give products. Only the reaction with p(AB)=2.9 gave rise to a successful reaction. This could suggest that even if the reactant have excess vibration energy, this does not necessarily allow them to surmount the transition state barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, that for this exothermic reaction, one is expected to have an early transition state and hence translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy for allowing the reactants to cross the barrier. Hence, this could indicate that increasing the translational energy of the reactants could allow the reactants to cross the energy barrier more effectively than vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When p(BC) = -0.8 p(AB) = 0.1 these conditions give a successful reaction (for initial conditions of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 ). The contour plot is show below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour7.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggest that even thoug h the amount of vibrational energy is relatively small, there is sufficient translational energy for the reactants to cross over the transition state to form products since the activation energy barrier is very low (calcualated as 0.235 kcal/mol). This observation is further supported by Polanyi&#039;s rules which state that for an exothermic reaction, the TS is early and hence translational energy is more effective in allowing the reactants to cross the transition state than increasing vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(FH)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 and low vibrational energy of p(H-F)=-1.0 and high momentum of r(H HF)=-7.0 the reaction was found to be unsuccessful - contour plot shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour26.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(HF)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 different amounts of vibrational and kinetic energy were tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p(H-F) !! p(H H-F) !! Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 1 || -12 || -3.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour20.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -11 || -3.0 || Un-reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour21.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -12 || -2.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour22.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -12 || -1.0 ||Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour23.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -10 || -2.0 ||Un-reactive  || [[File:Mac716_contour24.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 6 || -10 || -1.0 || Reactive   || [[File:Mac716_contour25.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, in an exothermic reaction [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:39, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I&#039;m sure you mean endothermic.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, the transition state energy farrier is late (ie. occurs in the product channel) so that vibrational energy is more effective in allowing the reactant cross the barrier than translational energy. In example 5 above, the reaction is unsuccessful even though there in more translational energy available than in the Example 6 reaction. The reaction in Example 1 is successful while the reaction in Example 2 is unsuccessful: both reactions have the same amount of translational energy. However, the example 1 reaction has a greater amount of vibrational energy than the example 2 reaction. This hence lies in accordance for Polanyi&#039;s rules for endothermic reactions. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules suggest that translational and vibrational energy are more effective in allowing the reaction to cross the transtion state depending on whether the transition state is late or early. For an early transition state barrier, translational energy allows for more effective crossing of the potential energy barrier than vibrational energy.  Hence, for a reaction with an early transition state in the entrance channel, even with excess vibrational energy the reaction may still be unsuccessful if there is insufficient translational energy available to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
A late transition state barrier is located in the exit channel and is more effectively crossed with vibrational energy than translational energy. Hence, for a reaction with a late energy barrier, reactants with excess translational energy but insufficient vibrational energy does not lead to a successful reaction. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By considering Polanyi&#039;s rules and Hammond&#039;s postulate, exothermic reactions, in which the transition state is more similar to the reactants than the products suggesting that the saddle point of the PES is located in the reactant channel (ie. an early barrier). On the other hand, in an endothermic reaction, the transition state resemble the products more closely so it is expected that the stationary point in the PES is located in the exit channel (ie. late barrier). Therefore, depending on the position of the saddle point in the PES (whether it is in the entry (early TS) or exit (late TS)channel) vibrational or translational energy will be more or less effective in allowing the reactants to cross the potential energy barrier and form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:41, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Very good report. Especially enjoyed your trajectories. Very lovely conclusion at the end. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lewars EG. Computational Chemistry - Introduction to the Theory and Applications of Molecular and Quantum Mechanics. 16th ed. 2011. 16-17 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 908-912 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 968 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moore J W, Pearson R G. Kinetics and Mechanism. 3rd ed. 1961. 166 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Silbey R J, Alberty R A. Physical Chemistry. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2001. 715 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reimers J R. Computational Methods for Large Systems: Electronic Structure Approaches for Biotechnology and Nanotechnology. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 134 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DaCosta H, Fan M.Rate Constant Calculation for Thermal Reactions: Methods and Applications. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 142 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfield J L, Francisco J S, Hase W L. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. Prentice-Hall; 1989. 298-299 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733421</id>
		<title>Mac716compphyslabreport</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733421"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:39:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Question 2: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Minima===&lt;br /&gt;
At a minimum, the gradient of the potential energy with respect to the inter-nuclear distance is zero and the second derivative is greater than zero: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eg. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0 for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence the value(s) for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; above at which the two conditions above are satisfied represent a minimum in potential energy ie. when the distance between C and the B-A product, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, when ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0, the distance between A and the B-C molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, minima can correspond to reactants, products or intermediates on the potential energy surface and a represented by point on the potential energy surface in which the potential energy is a minimum in all directions, q,: ie.  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q)/∂q&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;0   &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition state is represented by a saddle point on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction of the reaction pathway, q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; there is a maximum in potential energy: ie. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0           Condition 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction orthogonal to the reaction pathway q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, (as well as in all other directions), there is minimum in potential energy: ie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0            Condition 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the transition point is given by the intersection point between this maximum and minimum which is given by condition 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0              Condition 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, a transition pointe. a saddle point on the PES is given by a point at which the three above conditions are true. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different distances with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 where tested for values ranging between 0.800 Å and 0.910 Å for r. The best estimate for the transition state position was found as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å. At this distance, the &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot shows 3 approximately flat lines. The A-B and C-B distance are equal at 0.908 Å (orange and blue lines are superimposed) and the lines are approximately flat suggesting that the A-B and C-B bonds (which do not vibrate since the system does not possess any kinetic energy) do not spontaneously alter in length significantly (so as to further decrease the potential and hence total energy of the system) when the A-B and B-C distances are equal at0.908 Å. The A-C distance is approximately 2(0.908)= 1.816 Å ie. twice the A-B distance. This line (green) is also approximately flat suggesting that the A-C distance does not fluctuate significantly around this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the presence of the flat lines on the &amp;quot;distance vs.time&amp;quot; plot suggest that at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å the atoms do not spontaneously move further/close to one another significantly so to decrease the potential energy of the system. This suggests that at this point, the system is very close to the transition energy state ridge ie. the saddle point on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_plot.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system tend moves towards the configuration with the lowest potential energy. When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å, the A-B distance is smaller than the B-C distance. At each step the velocity is reset to zero so that the components do not accumulate any kinetic energy. Hence the system follows the lowest potential energy pathway and system &#039;rolls&#039; down this curve to a configuration of lower potential energy at each step ie. C moves progressively further away from B-A to a lower energy state.&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system spontaneously moves to a lowest potential energy state even when the particles do not accumulate any momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamics surface plot, the components of the system are able to accumulate kinetic energy: this means C is able to move away from the A-B molecule much more quickly than if the kinetic energy was set to zero after each step. Furthermore, in the dynamic model, the A-B bond fluctuates slightly around 0.908 Å (and hence possesses vibrational energy) whereas in the MEP model, the A-B bond does not fluctuate significantly around its mean bond length (as the system cannot accumulate any kinetic energy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:30, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why did you not provide any contour/surface plots here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internuclear distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the MEP &amp;quot;Internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the MEP model, A-B the bond length cannot vibrate significantly around its mean value since the vibrational energy is set to zero at each new step. The vibrational energy between the A-C and C-B atoms is also set to zero at each new step so the graph shows a superposition of three flat curves which do not show any significant amount of vibration and hence the change in momentum is zero at each point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:31, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Label your plots, what property are you plotting here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the dynamic &amp;quot;internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model , the A-B bond distance vibrates most significantly around its mean value. The C molecule has the greatest momentum suggesting it is away from the A-B molecule quickly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_dynamic.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Mep &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep model, the B-C and A-C distances increase less rapidly than in the dynamic model. At 2.5s, the distance between C and the B (from the B-A molecule)  is 1.23 Å in the mep model and 9.03 Å in the dynamic model.  This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more slowly than in the dynamic model. This is because in this model the kinetic energy of the C molecule is set to zero after each step. This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule purely on the basis of lowering the potential energy and hence the total energy of the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance also decrease much more rapidly in the dynamic model: the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=1.23 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dynamic &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model, the B-C and A-C distances increase much more rapidly than in the mep model (the distance/time gradients in the dynamic model are much greater than those in the mep model). This suggests that in the dynamic model, the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more quickly since it is able to accumulate kinetic energy and hence the potential energy of the system is decreased much more rapidly than in the map model. The A-B distance decreases much more quickly in the dynamic model (at approximately 0.5 s) than in the map model (at approximately 2.0 s) and the A-B bond vibrates around the 0.77 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=9.03 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For both models, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is 0.77 Å at 2.5s suggesting that ultimately after a very large number of steps in the mep model, the dynamic and mep model give the same r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances. It is expected that after an infinite number of steps, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances will be the same for both systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reversing the directions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ie. the distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ were used ie. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_momentum_graph2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distance vs. time graph for the mep model shows 3 flat curves because the kinetic energy and hence vibrational energy is set to zero after each step. For the internuclear distance vs. time dynamic plot the A molecule moves quickly away from B-C while the B-C product molecule is in a excited vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuc_disyt_dynamic2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac71_internuc_dist_dynamic2_actual.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the distances of  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å. In the mep model, the B-C bond distance decreases and the A-B bond distance increases spontaneously so as to decrease the potential energy of the system. The A-B bond distance increase much more rapidly than in the mep model since in the dynamic model the distance/time graph has a much steeper gradient. In dynamic model the B-C bond distance also decreases more rapidly than in the mep model and the bond vibrates around its mean value: : the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s. Hence, the plots for the  (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ) give graph of the same shape (as if atoms the labels for atoms  A and C were oppositely labelled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total energy (kcal/mol) !! Reactive or unreactive !! Description of T !! Contour plot !! Inter-nuclear distance plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || The digram shows the A molecule approaching the B-C molecule with mainly translational kinetic energy.. The collision between A and the B-C molecule passes over the saddle point to for a vibrationally excited A-B molecule and in which the C molecule moves progressively further away from the product A-B molecule. The distance vs. time plot suggests that the reactant molecules possess very little vibrational kinetic energy while the product molecule possess more vibrational energy. Hence, the reactants have enough translational and vibrational energy (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.25) for the reaction to be successful. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_1stline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_1stline.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Un-reactive || The reactants possess more vibrational energy than in the Example 1 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5. The reactants collide but the B-C molecule is vibrationally excited. A collision between the A and B-C molecule on this reaction pathway does not take the system to the saddle point and so no product molecule is formed. The reaction is unsuccessful and the B-C and A molecules more further apart once more. A possible explanation to this could be that the reactants do not possess enough translational energy in order to collide successfully to for a product molecule. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_2ndline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_line2.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956|| Reactive ||&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants possess the same amount of vibrational energy as in Example 2 (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5) but the reactants in example 3 possess more translational kinetic energy than in example 2 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 for this reaction. Unlike Example 2 this is a successful reaction. The reactants possess enough translational kinetic energy in order to collide successfully and for products. The A-B product molecules are in an excited vibrational state. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line3.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Un-Reactive || Description &lt;br /&gt;
The incoming reactant molecule possesses mainly translational energy. The reactants pass through the transition state region. The B-C product has enough energy to recross the barrier region and reform the reactant molecules with excess vibrational energy. Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This I usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Mac716-contour-line4.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line4.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || &lt;br /&gt;
The reactant molecules have enough translational energy to cross the transition state region. The vibrationally excited product has enough kinetic energy to re-cross the barrier to re-form reactant which itself still has enough kinetic energy to re-crosses the barrier once more to form vibrationally excited product molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line5.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line5.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to vibrational energy and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the systems have different total energy. The plots also suggest that the reaction is very sensitive to the initial reaction conditions.  More specifically, a sufficient amount of total kinetic energy of the reactants does not guarantee that the reaction path will go through the transition state and go on to form products. Instead, the amount of vibrational and the amount of translational kinetic energy of the reactants determines whether or not a collision goes through the transition state to form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What ratio of vibrational and translational E would you want in the above case? Very good and detailed description of each trajectory. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three assumptions of transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three assumptions of transition state theory are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. That the motion of the constituents of the system along the reaction coordinate can be described by classical mechanics (quantum effects are not considered by TST).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. That the species in the system in the different energy states are populated according to the Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Activated complexes that cross the transition state barrier are assumed to go on to form products. In transition state theory, the product formed is assumed to be &amp;quot;deactivated&amp;quot; and barrier recrossing is not considered by TST. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on the assumption that a potential energy surface defined in coordinate space can be used to calculate trajectories along which reactants pass through a transition state to form products without being able to turn back and reform reactants. Hence, transition state theory relies on the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and assumes that the energy of species along the reaction pathway is distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This is usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Furthermore, when the mass of the atoms are very small, such as H, quantum effects such as tunneling can allow reactant species with insufficient energy to cross the energy barrier and form products. Tunneling effects are driven by quantum effects which are not regarded in TST. Hence tunneling effects increase the actual rate of reaction compared to the TST estimate of the reaction rate. However, product molecules with sufficient energy can re-cross the transition state energy barrier re-forming reactants - this is know as barrier recrossing. Barrier recrossing is not considered in transition state theory. Hence barrier recrossing decreases the actual reaction rate compared to the TST reaction rate. Since barrier recrossing effects occur much more frequently than tunneling effect, the actual experimental reaction rate is less than the TST estimate of the reaction rate due to more important barrier recrossing factors. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Very detailed. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If atom A atom B and atom C represent H, H and F respectively: the potential energy surface shows that the potential energy of the system when the BC distance is very large compared to the AB distance, the system has a less negative potential energy. This suggest that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is higher in energy. When the AB distance is very large compared to the BC distance, the potential energy of the system is lowered. This suggests that the H-F +H system is lower in energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system. Hence the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; H + H-F is an exothermic reaction and the H + H-F --&amp;gt;  F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond and H-F bond have ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;=436 kJ/mol and 565kJ/mol respectively. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H, the ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=436-565=-129 kJ/mol.Hence, this reaction is exothermic as heat is released to the surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H-F + H --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction, ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&#039; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=565-436=129 kJ/mol which is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potential energy surface for the A-B + C system where A, B and C represent H, H and F respectively:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_system_exoendo.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction is exothermic, from Hammond&#039;s postulate, it is expected that the energy of the transition state will resemble that of the reactants more closely then that of the reactants ie. an early transition state is expected. The location of the transition state was found by manipulating the H-H distance (increasing between 1.0 and 0.5 Å) and B-C distance(decreasing between 1.5 and 2.0 Å) simultaneously. An estimate for the transition state position was found at H-H(A-B)=0.745 Å and H-F(B-C)=1.810 Å. At this point, the Internuclear distance vs. time graph shows three flat curves suggesting that a this point the atoms do to vibrate of diviate much from these bond distances ie. that the atoms are not moving so as to decrease the potential energy of the system and hence suggesting that this point is very close to the saddle point on the PES (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_bond_distance_saddle_point.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the exothermic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond distance was decreased slightly away from the stationary point (by decreasing the H-H bond distance by 0.01 so as to shift the system slightly towards the left of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB(HH):0.745 Å BC(HF):1.820 Å, (MEP, 200000 steps)--&amp;gt; Activation energy=-103.751-(-103.986)=0.235 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_energy_exothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the endothermic reaction H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have decreased  slightly the B-C distance to lit the equilibrium to the H + H-F side of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
(AB)=0.745 Å and BC(HF)=1.700 Å , (MEP, 50000 steps)---&amp;gt; Potential energy=-104.163-(-133.076)=28.913 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_endothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plots suggest that the activation energy for the exothermic reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H) is very small compared to the activation energy for the endothermic (reverse) reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 with p(AB)=-0.0 and p(BC)=-0.375. This gave a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contour plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_1.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear momenta vs. time plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of the H-F bond via an exothermic reaction. This energy is released as vibration and translational energy (ie. kinetic energy). The intermolecular momentum plot shows that the translational energy increases from 0.0 to approximately 2.5 as the B-C product moves away from the A molecule. The  B-C molecule formed has a large amount of vibrational energy and so is vibrationally excited (orange curve shows the vibrational excitation of the B-C product molecule). The plot further suggest that more energy is release as vibrational energy than as translational energy for this exothermic reaction.Experimentally, this could be confirmed using IR spectroscopy. One would expect to see a main peak in the IR spectrum with several lower energy overtones. The greater the intensity of the overtones in the IR spectrum, the more vibrationally excited the product molecule formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial condition of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 and p(B)=-0.5, values of p(AB) were tested between -3 and 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Table of different trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p(AB) !!  Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour1.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9|| Unreactive ||   [[File:Mac716_contour2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8|| Unreactive|| [[File:Mac716 conour3.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.8||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour4.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9||Reactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour5.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 ||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour6.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, all of the different reactions tested did not give products. Only the reaction with p(AB)=2.9 gave rise to a successful reaction. This could suggest that even if the reactant have excess vibration energy, this does not necessarily allow them to surmount the transition state barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, that for this exothermic reaction, one is expected to have an early transition state and hence translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy for allowing the reactants to cross the barrier. Hence, this could indicate that increasing the translational energy of the reactants could allow the reactants to cross the energy barrier more effectively than vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When p(BC) = -0.8 p(AB) = 0.1 these conditions give a successful reaction (for initial conditions of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 ). The contour plot is show below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour7.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggest that even thoug h the amount of vibrational energy is relatively small, there is sufficient translational energy for the reactants to cross over the transition state to form products since the activation energy barrier is very low (calcualated as 0.235 kcal/mol). This observation is further supported by Polanyi&#039;s rules which state that for an exothermic reaction, the TS is early and hence translational energy is more effective in allowing the reactants to cross the transition state than increasing vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(FH)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 and low vibrational energy of p(H-F)=-1.0 and high momentum of r(H HF)=-7.0 the reaction was found to be unsuccessful - contour plot shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour26.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(HF)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 different amounts of vibrational and kinetic energy were tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p(H-F) !! p(H H-F) !! Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 1 || -12 || -3.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour20.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -11 || -3.0 || Un-reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour21.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -12 || -2.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour22.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -12 || -1.0 ||Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour23.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -10 || -2.0 ||Un-reactive  || [[File:Mac716_contour24.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 6 || -10 || -1.0 || Reactive   || [[File:Mac716_contour25.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, in an exothermic reaction [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:39, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I&#039;m sure you mean endothermic.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, the transition state energy farrier is late (ie. occurs in the product channel) so that vibrational energy is more effective in allowing the reactant cross the barrier than translational energy. In example 5 above, the reaction is unsuccessful even though there in more translational energy available than in the Example 6 reaction. The reaction in Example 1 is successful while the reaction in Example 2 is unsuccessful: both reactions have the same amount of translational energy. However, the example 1 reaction has a greater amount of vibrational energy than the example 2 reaction. This hence lies in accordance for Polanyi&#039;s rules for endothermic reactions. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules suggest that translational and vibrational energy are more effective in allowing the reaction to cross the transtion state depending on whether the transition state is late or early. For an early transition state barrier, translational energy allows for more effective crossing of the potential energy barrier than vibrational energy.  Hence, for a reaction with an early transition state in the entrance channel, even with excess vibrational energy the reaction may still be unsuccessful if there is insufficient translational energy available to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
A late transition state barrier is located in the exit channel and is more effectively crossed with vibrational energy than translational energy. Hence, for a reaction with a late energy barrier, reactants with excess translational energy but insufficient vibrational energy does not lead to a successful reaction. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By considering Polanyi&#039;s rules and Hammond&#039;s postulate, exothermic reactions, in which the transition state is more similar to the reactants than the products suggesting that the saddle point of the PES is located in the reactant channel (ie. an early barrier). On the other hand, in an endothermic reaction, the transition state resemble the products more closely so it is expected that the stationary point in the PES is located in the exit channel (ie. late barrier). Therefore, depending on the position of the saddle point in the PES (whether it is in the entry (early TS) or exit (late TS)channel) vibrational or translational energy will be more or less effective in allowing the reactants to cross the potential energy barrier and form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lewars EG. Computational Chemistry - Introduction to the Theory and Applications of Molecular and Quantum Mechanics. 16th ed. 2011. 16-17 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 908-912 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 968 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moore J W, Pearson R G. Kinetics and Mechanism. 3rd ed. 1961. 166 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Silbey R J, Alberty R A. Physical Chemistry. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2001. 715 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reimers J R. Computational Methods for Large Systems: Electronic Structure Approaches for Biotechnology and Nanotechnology. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 134 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DaCosta H, Fan M.Rate Constant Calculation for Thermal Reactions: Methods and Applications. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 142 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfield J L, Francisco J S, Hase W L. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. Prentice-Hall; 1989. 298-299 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733420</id>
		<title>Mac716compphyslabreport</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733420"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:35:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Minima===&lt;br /&gt;
At a minimum, the gradient of the potential energy with respect to the inter-nuclear distance is zero and the second derivative is greater than zero: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eg. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0 for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence the value(s) for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; above at which the two conditions above are satisfied represent a minimum in potential energy ie. when the distance between C and the B-A product, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, when ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0, the distance between A and the B-C molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, minima can correspond to reactants, products or intermediates on the potential energy surface and a represented by point on the potential energy surface in which the potential energy is a minimum in all directions, q,: ie.  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q)/∂q&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;0   &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition state is represented by a saddle point on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction of the reaction pathway, q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; there is a maximum in potential energy: ie. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0           Condition 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction orthogonal to the reaction pathway q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, (as well as in all other directions), there is minimum in potential energy: ie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0            Condition 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the transition point is given by the intersection point between this maximum and minimum which is given by condition 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0              Condition 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, a transition pointe. a saddle point on the PES is given by a point at which the three above conditions are true. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different distances with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 where tested for values ranging between 0.800 Å and 0.910 Å for r. The best estimate for the transition state position was found as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å. At this distance, the &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot shows 3 approximately flat lines. The A-B and C-B distance are equal at 0.908 Å (orange and blue lines are superimposed) and the lines are approximately flat suggesting that the A-B and C-B bonds (which do not vibrate since the system does not possess any kinetic energy) do not spontaneously alter in length significantly (so as to further decrease the potential and hence total energy of the system) when the A-B and B-C distances are equal at0.908 Å. The A-C distance is approximately 2(0.908)= 1.816 Å ie. twice the A-B distance. This line (green) is also approximately flat suggesting that the A-C distance does not fluctuate significantly around this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the presence of the flat lines on the &amp;quot;distance vs.time&amp;quot; plot suggest that at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å the atoms do not spontaneously move further/close to one another significantly so to decrease the potential energy of the system. This suggests that at this point, the system is very close to the transition energy state ridge ie. the saddle point on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_plot.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system tend moves towards the configuration with the lowest potential energy. When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å, the A-B distance is smaller than the B-C distance. At each step the velocity is reset to zero so that the components do not accumulate any kinetic energy. Hence the system follows the lowest potential energy pathway and system &#039;rolls&#039; down this curve to a configuration of lower potential energy at each step ie. C moves progressively further away from B-A to a lower energy state.&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system spontaneously moves to a lowest potential energy state even when the particles do not accumulate any momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamics surface plot, the components of the system are able to accumulate kinetic energy: this means C is able to move away from the A-B molecule much more quickly than if the kinetic energy was set to zero after each step. Furthermore, in the dynamic model, the A-B bond fluctuates slightly around 0.908 Å (and hence possesses vibrational energy) whereas in the MEP model, the A-B bond does not fluctuate significantly around its mean bond length (as the system cannot accumulate any kinetic energy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:30, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why did you not provide any contour/surface plots here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internuclear distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the MEP &amp;quot;Internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the MEP model, A-B the bond length cannot vibrate significantly around its mean value since the vibrational energy is set to zero at each new step. The vibrational energy between the A-C and C-B atoms is also set to zero at each new step so the graph shows a superposition of three flat curves which do not show any significant amount of vibration and hence the change in momentum is zero at each point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:31, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Label your plots, what property are you plotting here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the dynamic &amp;quot;internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model , the A-B bond distance vibrates most significantly around its mean value. The C molecule has the greatest momentum suggesting it is away from the A-B molecule quickly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_dynamic.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Mep &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep model, the B-C and A-C distances increase less rapidly than in the dynamic model. At 2.5s, the distance between C and the B (from the B-A molecule)  is 1.23 Å in the mep model and 9.03 Å in the dynamic model.  This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more slowly than in the dynamic model. This is because in this model the kinetic energy of the C molecule is set to zero after each step. This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule purely on the basis of lowering the potential energy and hence the total energy of the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance also decrease much more rapidly in the dynamic model: the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=1.23 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dynamic &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model, the B-C and A-C distances increase much more rapidly than in the mep model (the distance/time gradients in the dynamic model are much greater than those in the mep model). This suggests that in the dynamic model, the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more quickly since it is able to accumulate kinetic energy and hence the potential energy of the system is decreased much more rapidly than in the map model. The A-B distance decreases much more quickly in the dynamic model (at approximately 0.5 s) than in the map model (at approximately 2.0 s) and the A-B bond vibrates around the 0.77 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=9.03 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For both models, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is 0.77 Å at 2.5s suggesting that ultimately after a very large number of steps in the mep model, the dynamic and mep model give the same r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances. It is expected that after an infinite number of steps, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances will be the same for both systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reversing the directions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ie. the distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ were used ie. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_momentum_graph2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distance vs. time graph for the mep model shows 3 flat curves because the kinetic energy and hence vibrational energy is set to zero after each step. For the internuclear distance vs. time dynamic plot the A molecule moves quickly away from B-C while the B-C product molecule is in a excited vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuc_disyt_dynamic2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac71_internuc_dist_dynamic2_actual.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the distances of  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å. In the mep model, the B-C bond distance decreases and the A-B bond distance increases spontaneously so as to decrease the potential energy of the system. The A-B bond distance increase much more rapidly than in the mep model since in the dynamic model the distance/time graph has a much steeper gradient. In dynamic model the B-C bond distance also decreases more rapidly than in the mep model and the bond vibrates around its mean value: : the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s. Hence, the plots for the  (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ) give graph of the same shape (as if atoms the labels for atoms  A and C were oppositely labelled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total energy (kcal/mol) !! Reactive or unreactive !! Description of T !! Contour plot !! Inter-nuclear distance plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || The digram shows the A molecule approaching the B-C molecule with mainly translational kinetic energy.. The collision between A and the B-C molecule passes over the saddle point to for a vibrationally excited A-B molecule and in which the C molecule moves progressively further away from the product A-B molecule. The distance vs. time plot suggests that the reactant molecules possess very little vibrational kinetic energy while the product molecule possess more vibrational energy. Hence, the reactants have enough translational and vibrational energy (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.25) for the reaction to be successful. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_1stline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_1stline.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Un-reactive || The reactants possess more vibrational energy than in the Example 1 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5. The reactants collide but the B-C molecule is vibrationally excited. A collision between the A and B-C molecule on this reaction pathway does not take the system to the saddle point and so no product molecule is formed. The reaction is unsuccessful and the B-C and A molecules more further apart once more. A possible explanation to this could be that the reactants do not possess enough translational energy in order to collide successfully to for a product molecule. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_2ndline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_line2.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956|| Reactive ||&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants possess the same amount of vibrational energy as in Example 2 (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5) but the reactants in example 3 possess more translational kinetic energy than in example 2 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 for this reaction. Unlike Example 2 this is a successful reaction. The reactants possess enough translational kinetic energy in order to collide successfully and for products. The A-B product molecules are in an excited vibrational state. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line3.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Un-Reactive || Description &lt;br /&gt;
The incoming reactant molecule possesses mainly translational energy. The reactants pass through the transition state region. The B-C product has enough energy to recross the barrier region and reform the reactant molecules with excess vibrational energy. Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This I usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Mac716-contour-line4.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line4.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || &lt;br /&gt;
The reactant molecules have enough translational energy to cross the transition state region. The vibrationally excited product has enough kinetic energy to re-cross the barrier to re-form reactant which itself still has enough kinetic energy to re-crosses the barrier once more to form vibrationally excited product molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line5.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line5.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to vibrational energy and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the systems have different total energy. The plots also suggest that the reaction is very sensitive to the initial reaction conditions.  More specifically, a sufficient amount of total kinetic energy of the reactants does not guarantee that the reaction path will go through the transition state and go on to form products. Instead, the amount of vibrational and the amount of translational kinetic energy of the reactants determines whether or not a collision goes through the transition state to form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What ratio of vibrational and translational E would you want in the above case? Very good and detailed description of each trajectory. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three assumptions of transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three assumptions of transition state theory are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. That the motion of the constituents of the system along the reaction coordinate can be described by classical mechanics (quantum effects are not considered by TST).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. That the species in the system in the different energy states are populated according to the Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Activated complexes that cross the transition state barrier are assumed to go on to form products. In transition state theory, the product formed is assumed to be &amp;quot;deactivated&amp;quot; and barrier recrossing is not considered by TST. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on the assumption that a potential energy surface defined in coordinate space can be used to calculate trajectories along which reactants pass through a transition state to form products without being able to turn back and reform reactants. Hence, transition state theory relies on the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and assumes that the energy of species along the reaction pathway is distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This is usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Furthermore, when the mass of the atoms are very small, such as H, quantum effects such as tunneling can allow reactant species with insufficient energy to cross the energy barrier and form products. Tunneling effects are driven by quantum effects which are not regarded in TST. Hence tunneling effects increase the actual rate of reaction compared to the TST estimate of the reaction rate. However, product molecules with sufficient energy can re-cross the transition state energy barrier re-forming reactants - this is know as barrier recrossing. Barrier recrossing is not considered in transition state theory. Hence barrier recrossing decreases the actual reaction rate compared to the TST reaction rate. Since barrier recrossing effects occur much more frequently than tunneling effect, the actual experimental reaction rate is less than the TST estimate of the reaction rate due to more important barrier recrossing factors. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Very detailed. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If atom A atom B and atom C represent H, H and F respectively: the potential energy surface shows that the potential energy of the system when the BC distance is very large compared to the AB distance, the system has a less negative potential energy. This suggest that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is higher in energy. When the AB distance is very large compared to the BC distance, the potential energy of the system is lowered. This suggests that the H-F +H system is lower in energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system. Hence the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; H + H-F is an exothermic reaction and the H + H-F --&amp;gt;  F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond and H-F bond have ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;=436 kJ/mol and 565kJ/mol respectively. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H, the ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=436-565=-129 kJ/mol.Hence, this reaction is exothermic as heat is released to the surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H-F + H --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction, ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&#039; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=565-436=129 kJ/mol which is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potential energy surface for the A-B + C system where A, B and C represent H, H and F respectively:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_system_exoendo.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction is exothermic, from Hammond&#039;s postulate, it is expected that the energy of the transition state will resemble that of the reactants more closely then that of the reactants ie. an early transition state is expected. The location of the transition state was found by manipulating the H-H distance (increasing between 1.0 and 0.5 Å) and B-C distance(decreasing between 1.5 and 2.0 Å) simultaneously. An estimate for the transition state position was found at H-H(A-B)=0.745 Å and H-F(B-C)=1.810 Å. At this point, the Internuclear distance vs. time graph shows three flat curves suggesting that a this point the atoms do to vibrate of diviate much from these bond distances ie. that the atoms are not moving so as to decrease the potential energy of the system and hence suggesting that this point is very close to the saddle point on the PES (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_bond_distance_saddle_point.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the exothermic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond distance was decreased slightly away from the stationary point (by decreasing the H-H bond distance by 0.01 so as to shift the system slightly towards the left of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB(HH):0.745 Å BC(HF):1.820 Å, (MEP, 200000 steps)--&amp;gt; Activation energy=-103.751-(-103.986)=0.235 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_energy_exothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the endothermic reaction H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have decreased  slightly the B-C distance to lit the equilibrium to the H + H-F side of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
(AB)=0.745 Å and BC(HF)=1.700 Å , (MEP, 50000 steps)---&amp;gt; Potential energy=-104.163-(-133.076)=28.913 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_endothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plots suggest that the activation energy for the exothermic reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H) is very small compared to the activation energy for the endothermic (reverse) reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 with p(AB)=-0.0 and p(BC)=-0.375. This gave a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contour plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_1.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear momenta vs. time plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of the H-F bond via an exothermic reaction. This energy is released as vibration and translational energy (ie. kinetic energy). The intermolecular momentum plot shows that the translational energy increases from 0.0 to approximately 2.5 as the B-C product moves away from the A molecule. The  B-C molecule formed has a large amount of vibrational energy and so is vibrationally excited (orange curve shows the vibrational excitation of the B-C product molecule). The plot further suggest that more energy is release as vibrational energy than as translational energy for this exothermic reaction.Experimentally, this could be confirmed using IR spectroscopy. One would expect to see a main peak in the IR spectrum with several lower energy overtones. The greater the intensity of the overtones in the IR spectrum, the more vibrationally excited the product molecule formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial condition of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 and p(B)=-0.5, values of p(AB) were tested between -3 and 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Table of different trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p(AB) !!  Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour1.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9|| Unreactive ||   [[File:Mac716_contour2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8|| Unreactive|| [[File:Mac716 conour3.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.8||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour4.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9||Reactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour5.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 ||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour6.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, all of the different reactions tested did not give products. Only the reaction with p(AB)=2.9 gave rise to a successful reaction. This could suggest that even if the reactant have excess vibration energy, this does not necessarily allow them to surmount the transition state barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, that for this exothermic reaction, one is expected to have an early transition state and hence translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy for allowing the reactants to cross the barrier. Hence, this could indicate that increasing the translational energy of the reactants could allow the reactants to cross the energy barrier more effectively than vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When p(BC) = -0.8 p(AB) = 0.1 these conditions give a successful reaction (for initial conditions of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 ). The contour plot is show below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour7.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggest that even thoug h the amount of vibrational energy is relatively small, there is sufficient translational energy for the reactants to cross over the transition state to form products since the activation energy barrier is very low (calcualated as 0.235 kcal/mol). This observation is further supported by Polanyi&#039;s rules which state that for an exothermic reaction, the TS is early and hence translational energy is more effective in allowing the reactants to cross the transition state than increasing vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(FH)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 and low vibrational energy of p(H-F)=-1.0 and high momentum of r(H HF)=-7.0 the reaction was found to be unsuccessful - contour plot shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour26.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(HF)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 different amounts of vibrational and kinetic energy were tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p(H-F) !! p(H H-F) !! Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 1 || -12 || -3.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour20.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -11 || -3.0 || Un-reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour21.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -12 || -2.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour22.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -12 || -1.0 ||Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour23.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -10 || -2.0 ||Un-reactive  || [[File:Mac716_contour24.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 6 || -10 || -1.0 || Reactive   || [[File:Mac716_contour25.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, in an exothermic reaction, the transition state energy farrier is late (ie. occurs in the product channel) so that vibrational energy is more effective in allowing the reactant cross the barrier than translational energy. In example 5 above, the reaction is unsuccessful even though there in more translational energy available than in the Example 6 reaction. The reaction in Example 1 is successful while the reaction in Example 2 is unsuccessful: both reactions have the same amount of translational energy. However, the example 1 reaction has a greater amount of vibrational energy than the example 2 reaction. This hence lies in accordance for Polanyi&#039;s rules for endothermic reactions. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules suggest that translational and vibrational energy are more effective in allowing the reaction to cross the transtion state depending on whether the transition state is late or early. For an early transition state barrier, translational energy allows for more effective crossing of the potential energy barrier than vibrational energy.  Hence, for a reaction with an early transition state in the entrance channel, even with excess vibrational energy the reaction may still be unsuccessful if there is insufficient translational energy available to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
A late transition state barrier is located in the exit channel and is more effectively crossed with vibrational energy than translational energy. Hence, for a reaction with a late energy barrier, reactants with excess translational energy but insufficient vibrational energy does not lead to a successful reaction. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By considering Polanyi&#039;s rules and Hammond&#039;s postulate, exothermic reactions, in which the transition state is more similar to the reactants than the products suggesting that the saddle point of the PES is located in the reactant channel (ie. an early barrier). On the other hand, in an endothermic reaction, the transition state resemble the products more closely so it is expected that the stationary point in the PES is located in the exit channel (ie. late barrier). Therefore, depending on the position of the saddle point in the PES (whether it is in the entry (early TS) or exit (late TS)channel) vibrational or translational energy will be more or less effective in allowing the reactants to cross the potential energy barrier and form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lewars EG. Computational Chemistry - Introduction to the Theory and Applications of Molecular and Quantum Mechanics. 16th ed. 2011. 16-17 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 908-912 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 968 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moore J W, Pearson R G. Kinetics and Mechanism. 3rd ed. 1961. 166 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Silbey R J, Alberty R A. Physical Chemistry. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2001. 715 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reimers J R. Computational Methods for Large Systems: Electronic Structure Approaches for Biotechnology and Nanotechnology. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 134 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DaCosta H, Fan M.Rate Constant Calculation for Thermal Reactions: Methods and Applications. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 142 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfield J L, Francisco J S, Hase W L. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. Prentice-Hall; 1989. 298-299 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733419</id>
		<title>Mac716compphyslabreport</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733419"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:31:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Internuclear distance vs. time: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Minima===&lt;br /&gt;
At a minimum, the gradient of the potential energy with respect to the inter-nuclear distance is zero and the second derivative is greater than zero: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eg. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0 for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence the value(s) for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; above at which the two conditions above are satisfied represent a minimum in potential energy ie. when the distance between C and the B-A product, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, when ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0, the distance between A and the B-C molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, minima can correspond to reactants, products or intermediates on the potential energy surface and a represented by point on the potential energy surface in which the potential energy is a minimum in all directions, q,: ie.  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q)/∂q&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;0   &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition state is represented by a saddle point on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction of the reaction pathway, q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; there is a maximum in potential energy: ie. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0           Condition 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction orthogonal to the reaction pathway q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, (as well as in all other directions), there is minimum in potential energy: ie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0            Condition 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the transition point is given by the intersection point between this maximum and minimum which is given by condition 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0              Condition 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, a transition pointe. a saddle point on the PES is given by a point at which the three above conditions are true. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different distances with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 where tested for values ranging between 0.800 Å and 0.910 Å for r. The best estimate for the transition state position was found as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å. At this distance, the &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot shows 3 approximately flat lines. The A-B and C-B distance are equal at 0.908 Å (orange and blue lines are superimposed) and the lines are approximately flat suggesting that the A-B and C-B bonds (which do not vibrate since the system does not possess any kinetic energy) do not spontaneously alter in length significantly (so as to further decrease the potential and hence total energy of the system) when the A-B and B-C distances are equal at0.908 Å. The A-C distance is approximately 2(0.908)= 1.816 Å ie. twice the A-B distance. This line (green) is also approximately flat suggesting that the A-C distance does not fluctuate significantly around this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the presence of the flat lines on the &amp;quot;distance vs.time&amp;quot; plot suggest that at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å the atoms do not spontaneously move further/close to one another significantly so to decrease the potential energy of the system. This suggests that at this point, the system is very close to the transition energy state ridge ie. the saddle point on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_plot.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system tend moves towards the configuration with the lowest potential energy. When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å, the A-B distance is smaller than the B-C distance. At each step the velocity is reset to zero so that the components do not accumulate any kinetic energy. Hence the system follows the lowest potential energy pathway and system &#039;rolls&#039; down this curve to a configuration of lower potential energy at each step ie. C moves progressively further away from B-A to a lower energy state.&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system spontaneously moves to a lowest potential energy state even when the particles do not accumulate any momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamics surface plot, the components of the system are able to accumulate kinetic energy: this means C is able to move away from the A-B molecule much more quickly than if the kinetic energy was set to zero after each step. Furthermore, in the dynamic model, the A-B bond fluctuates slightly around 0.908 Å (and hence possesses vibrational energy) whereas in the MEP model, the A-B bond does not fluctuate significantly around its mean bond length (as the system cannot accumulate any kinetic energy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:30, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why did you not provide any contour/surface plots here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internuclear distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the MEP &amp;quot;Internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the MEP model, A-B the bond length cannot vibrate significantly around its mean value since the vibrational energy is set to zero at each new step. The vibrational energy between the A-C and C-B atoms is also set to zero at each new step so the graph shows a superposition of three flat curves which do not show any significant amount of vibration and hence the change in momentum is zero at each point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:31, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Label your plots, what property are you plotting here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the dynamic &amp;quot;internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model , the A-B bond distance vibrates most significantly around its mean value. The C molecule has the greatest momentum suggesting it is away from the A-B molecule quickly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_dynamic.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Mep &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep model, the B-C and A-C distances increase less rapidly than in the dynamic model. At 2.5s, the distance between C and the B (from the B-A molecule)  is 1.23 Å in the mep model and 9.03 Å in the dynamic model.  This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more slowly than in the dynamic model. This is because in this model the kinetic energy of the C molecule is set to zero after each step. This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule purely on the basis of lowering the potential energy and hence the total energy of the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance also decrease much more rapidly in the dynamic model: the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=1.23 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dynamic &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model, the B-C and A-C distances increase much more rapidly than in the mep model (the distance/time gradients in the dynamic model are much greater than those in the mep model). This suggests that in the dynamic model, the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more quickly since it is able to accumulate kinetic energy and hence the potential energy of the system is decreased much more rapidly than in the map model. The A-B distance decreases much more quickly in the dynamic model (at approximately 0.5 s) than in the map model (at approximately 2.0 s) and the A-B bond vibrates around the 0.77 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=9.03 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For both models, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is 0.77 Å at 2.5s suggesting that ultimately after a very large number of steps in the mep model, the dynamic and mep model give the same r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances. It is expected that after an infinite number of steps, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances will be the same for both systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reversing the directions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ie. the distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ were used ie. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_momentum_graph2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distance vs. time graph for the mep model shows 3 flat curves because the kinetic energy and hence vibrational energy is set to zero after each step. For the internuclear distance vs. time dynamic plot the A molecule moves quickly away from B-C while the B-C product molecule is in a excited vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuc_disyt_dynamic2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac71_internuc_dist_dynamic2_actual.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the distances of  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å. In the mep model, the B-C bond distance decreases and the A-B bond distance increases spontaneously so as to decrease the potential energy of the system. The A-B bond distance increase much more rapidly than in the mep model since in the dynamic model the distance/time graph has a much steeper gradient. In dynamic model the B-C bond distance also decreases more rapidly than in the mep model and the bond vibrates around its mean value: : the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s. Hence, the plots for the  (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ) give graph of the same shape (as if atoms the labels for atoms  A and C were oppositely labelled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total energy (kcal/mol) !! Reactive or unreactive !! Description of T !! Contour plot !! Inter-nuclear distance plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || The digram shows the A molecule approaching the B-C molecule with mainly translational kinetic energy.. The collision between A and the B-C molecule passes over the saddle point to for a vibrationally excited A-B molecule and in which the C molecule moves progressively further away from the product A-B molecule. The distance vs. time plot suggests that the reactant molecules possess very little vibrational kinetic energy while the product molecule possess more vibrational energy. Hence, the reactants have enough translational and vibrational energy (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.25) for the reaction to be successful. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_1stline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_1stline.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Un-reactive || The reactants possess more vibrational energy than in the Example 1 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5. The reactants collide but the B-C molecule is vibrationally excited. A collision between the A and B-C molecule on this reaction pathway does not take the system to the saddle point and so no product molecule is formed. The reaction is unsuccessful and the B-C and A molecules more further apart once more. A possible explanation to this could be that the reactants do not possess enough translational energy in order to collide successfully to for a product molecule. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_2ndline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_line2.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956|| Reactive ||&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants possess the same amount of vibrational energy as in Example 2 (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5) but the reactants in example 3 possess more translational kinetic energy than in example 2 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 for this reaction. Unlike Example 2 this is a successful reaction. The reactants possess enough translational kinetic energy in order to collide successfully and for products. The A-B product molecules are in an excited vibrational state. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line3.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Un-Reactive || Description &lt;br /&gt;
The incoming reactant molecule possesses mainly translational energy. The reactants pass through the transition state region. The B-C product has enough energy to recross the barrier region and reform the reactant molecules with excess vibrational energy. Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This I usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Mac716-contour-line4.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line4.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || &lt;br /&gt;
The reactant molecules have enough translational energy to cross the transition state region. The vibrationally excited product has enough kinetic energy to re-cross the barrier to re-form reactant which itself still has enough kinetic energy to re-crosses the barrier once more to form vibrationally excited product molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line5.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line5.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to vibrational energy and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the systems have different total energy. The plots also suggest that the reaction is very sensitive to the initial reaction conditions.  More specifically, a sufficient amount of total kinetic energy of the reactants does not guarantee that the reaction path will go through the transition state and go on to form products. Instead, the amount of vibrational and the amount of translational kinetic energy of the reactants determines whether or not a collision goes through the transition state to form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three assumptions of transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three assumptions of transition state theory are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. That the motion of the constituents of the system along the reaction coordinate can be described by classical mechanics (quantum effects are not considered by TST).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. That the species in the system in the different energy states are populated according to the Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Activated complexes that cross the transition state barrier are assumed to go on to form products. In transition state theory, the product formed is assumed to be &amp;quot;deactivated&amp;quot; and barrier recrossing is not considered by TST. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on the assumption that a potential energy surface defined in coordinate space can be used to calculate trajectories along which reactants pass through a transition state to form products without being able to turn back and reform reactants. Hence, transition state theory relies on the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and assumes that the energy of species along the reaction pathway is distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This is usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Furthermore, when the mass of the atoms are very small, such as H, quantum effects such as tunneling can allow reactant species with insufficient energy to cross the energy barrier and form products. Tunneling effects are driven by quantum effects which are not regarded in TST. Hence tunneling effects increase the actual rate of reaction compared to the TST estimate of the reaction rate. However, product molecules with sufficient energy can re-cross the transition state energy barrier re-forming reactants - this is know as barrier recrossing. Barrier recrossing is not considered in transition state theory. Hence barrier recrossing decreases the actual reaction rate compared to the TST reaction rate. Since barrier recrossing effects occur much more frequently than tunneling effect, the actual experimental reaction rate is less than the TST estimate of the reaction rate due to more important barrier recrossing factors. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If atom A atom B and atom C represent H, H and F respectively: the potential energy surface shows that the potential energy of the system when the BC distance is very large compared to the AB distance, the system has a less negative potential energy. This suggest that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is higher in energy. When the AB distance is very large compared to the BC distance, the potential energy of the system is lowered. This suggests that the H-F +H system is lower in energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system. Hence the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; H + H-F is an exothermic reaction and the H + H-F --&amp;gt;  F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond and H-F bond have ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;=436 kJ/mol and 565kJ/mol respectively. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H, the ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=436-565=-129 kJ/mol.Hence, this reaction is exothermic as heat is released to the surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H-F + H --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction, ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&#039; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=565-436=129 kJ/mol which is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potential energy surface for the A-B + C system where A, B and C represent H, H and F respectively:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_system_exoendo.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction is exothermic, from Hammond&#039;s postulate, it is expected that the energy of the transition state will resemble that of the reactants more closely then that of the reactants ie. an early transition state is expected. The location of the transition state was found by manipulating the H-H distance (increasing between 1.0 and 0.5 Å) and B-C distance(decreasing between 1.5 and 2.0 Å) simultaneously. An estimate for the transition state position was found at H-H(A-B)=0.745 Å and H-F(B-C)=1.810 Å. At this point, the Internuclear distance vs. time graph shows three flat curves suggesting that a this point the atoms do to vibrate of diviate much from these bond distances ie. that the atoms are not moving so as to decrease the potential energy of the system and hence suggesting that this point is very close to the saddle point on the PES (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_bond_distance_saddle_point.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the exothermic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond distance was decreased slightly away from the stationary point (by decreasing the H-H bond distance by 0.01 so as to shift the system slightly towards the left of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB(HH):0.745 Å BC(HF):1.820 Å, (MEP, 200000 steps)--&amp;gt; Activation energy=-103.751-(-103.986)=0.235 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_energy_exothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the endothermic reaction H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have decreased  slightly the B-C distance to lit the equilibrium to the H + H-F side of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
(AB)=0.745 Å and BC(HF)=1.700 Å , (MEP, 50000 steps)---&amp;gt; Potential energy=-104.163-(-133.076)=28.913 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_endothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plots suggest that the activation energy for the exothermic reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H) is very small compared to the activation energy for the endothermic (reverse) reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 with p(AB)=-0.0 and p(BC)=-0.375. This gave a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contour plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_1.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear momenta vs. time plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of the H-F bond via an exothermic reaction. This energy is released as vibration and translational energy (ie. kinetic energy). The intermolecular momentum plot shows that the translational energy increases from 0.0 to approximately 2.5 as the B-C product moves away from the A molecule. The  B-C molecule formed has a large amount of vibrational energy and so is vibrationally excited (orange curve shows the vibrational excitation of the B-C product molecule). The plot further suggest that more energy is release as vibrational energy than as translational energy for this exothermic reaction.Experimentally, this could be confirmed using IR spectroscopy. One would expect to see a main peak in the IR spectrum with several lower energy overtones. The greater the intensity of the overtones in the IR spectrum, the more vibrationally excited the product molecule formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial condition of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 and p(B)=-0.5, values of p(AB) were tested between -3 and 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Table of different trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p(AB) !!  Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour1.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9|| Unreactive ||   [[File:Mac716_contour2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8|| Unreactive|| [[File:Mac716 conour3.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.8||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour4.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9||Reactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour5.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 ||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour6.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, all of the different reactions tested did not give products. Only the reaction with p(AB)=2.9 gave rise to a successful reaction. This could suggest that even if the reactant have excess vibration energy, this does not necessarily allow them to surmount the transition state barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, that for this exothermic reaction, one is expected to have an early transition state and hence translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy for allowing the reactants to cross the barrier. Hence, this could indicate that increasing the translational energy of the reactants could allow the reactants to cross the energy barrier more effectively than vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When p(BC) = -0.8 p(AB) = 0.1 these conditions give a successful reaction (for initial conditions of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 ). The contour plot is show below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour7.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggest that even thoug h the amount of vibrational energy is relatively small, there is sufficient translational energy for the reactants to cross over the transition state to form products since the activation energy barrier is very low (calcualated as 0.235 kcal/mol). This observation is further supported by Polanyi&#039;s rules which state that for an exothermic reaction, the TS is early and hence translational energy is more effective in allowing the reactants to cross the transition state than increasing vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(FH)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 and low vibrational energy of p(H-F)=-1.0 and high momentum of r(H HF)=-7.0 the reaction was found to be unsuccessful - contour plot shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour26.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(HF)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 different amounts of vibrational and kinetic energy were tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p(H-F) !! p(H H-F) !! Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 1 || -12 || -3.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour20.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -11 || -3.0 || Un-reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour21.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -12 || -2.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour22.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -12 || -1.0 ||Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour23.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -10 || -2.0 ||Un-reactive  || [[File:Mac716_contour24.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 6 || -10 || -1.0 || Reactive   || [[File:Mac716_contour25.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, in an exothermic reaction, the transition state energy farrier is late (ie. occurs in the product channel) so that vibrational energy is more effective in allowing the reactant cross the barrier than translational energy. In example 5 above, the reaction is unsuccessful even though there in more translational energy available than in the Example 6 reaction. The reaction in Example 1 is successful while the reaction in Example 2 is unsuccessful: both reactions have the same amount of translational energy. However, the example 1 reaction has a greater amount of vibrational energy than the example 2 reaction. This hence lies in accordance for Polanyi&#039;s rules for endothermic reactions. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules suggest that translational and vibrational energy are more effective in allowing the reaction to cross the transtion state depending on whether the transition state is late or early. For an early transition state barrier, translational energy allows for more effective crossing of the potential energy barrier than vibrational energy.  Hence, for a reaction with an early transition state in the entrance channel, even with excess vibrational energy the reaction may still be unsuccessful if there is insufficient translational energy available to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
A late transition state barrier is located in the exit channel and is more effectively crossed with vibrational energy than translational energy. Hence, for a reaction with a late energy barrier, reactants with excess translational energy but insufficient vibrational energy does not lead to a successful reaction. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By considering Polanyi&#039;s rules and Hammond&#039;s postulate, exothermic reactions, in which the transition state is more similar to the reactants than the products suggesting that the saddle point of the PES is located in the reactant channel (ie. an early barrier). On the other hand, in an endothermic reaction, the transition state resemble the products more closely so it is expected that the stationary point in the PES is located in the exit channel (ie. late barrier). Therefore, depending on the position of the saddle point in the PES (whether it is in the entry (early TS) or exit (late TS)channel) vibrational or translational energy will be more or less effective in allowing the reactants to cross the potential energy barrier and form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lewars EG. Computational Chemistry - Introduction to the Theory and Applications of Molecular and Quantum Mechanics. 16th ed. 2011. 16-17 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 908-912 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 968 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moore J W, Pearson R G. Kinetics and Mechanism. 3rd ed. 1961. 166 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Silbey R J, Alberty R A. Physical Chemistry. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2001. 715 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reimers J R. Computational Methods for Large Systems: Electronic Structure Approaches for Biotechnology and Nanotechnology. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 134 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DaCosta H, Fan M.Rate Constant Calculation for Thermal Reactions: Methods and Applications. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 142 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfield J L, Francisco J S, Hase W L. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. Prentice-Hall; 1989. 298-299 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733418</id>
		<title>Mac716compphyslabreport</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=Mac716compphyslabreport&amp;diff=733418"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:30:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Question 3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Minima===&lt;br /&gt;
At a minimum, the gradient of the potential energy with respect to the inter-nuclear distance is zero and the second derivative is greater than zero: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eg. ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0 for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence the value(s) for r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; above at which the two conditions above are satisfied represent a minimum in potential energy ie. when the distance between C and the B-A product, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, when ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0, the distance between A and the B-C molecule, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is so large that the potential energy interaction has reached a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, minima can correspond to reactants, products or intermediates on the potential energy surface and a represented by point on the potential energy surface in which the potential energy is a minimum in all directions, q,: ie.  ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q)/∂q&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;0   &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition state is represented by a saddle point on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction of the reaction pathway, q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; there is a maximum in potential energy: ie. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;0           Condition 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the direction orthogonal to the reaction pathway q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, (as well as in all other directions), there is minimum in potential energy: ie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;0            Condition 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the transition point is given by the intersection point between this maximum and minimum which is given by condition 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ∂V(q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0              Condition 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, a transition pointe. a saddle point on the PES is given by a point at which the three above conditions are true. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different distances with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 where tested for values ranging between 0.800 Å and 0.910 Å for r. The best estimate for the transition state position was found as r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å. At this distance, the &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot shows 3 approximately flat lines. The A-B and C-B distance are equal at 0.908 Å (orange and blue lines are superimposed) and the lines are approximately flat suggesting that the A-B and C-B bonds (which do not vibrate since the system does not possess any kinetic energy) do not spontaneously alter in length significantly (so as to further decrease the potential and hence total energy of the system) when the A-B and B-C distances are equal at0.908 Å. The A-C distance is approximately 2(0.908)= 1.816 Å ie. twice the A-B distance. This line (green) is also approximately flat suggesting that the A-C distance does not fluctuate significantly around this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, the presence of the flat lines on the &amp;quot;distance vs.time&amp;quot; plot suggest that at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å the atoms do not spontaneously move further/close to one another significantly so to decrease the potential energy of the system. This suggests that at this point, the system is very close to the transition energy state ridge ie. the saddle point on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_plot.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Question 3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Q:Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system tend moves towards the configuration with the lowest potential energy. When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å, the A-B distance is smaller than the B-C distance. At each step the velocity is reset to zero so that the components do not accumulate any kinetic energy. Hence the system follows the lowest potential energy pathway and system &#039;rolls&#039; down this curve to a configuration of lower potential energy at each step ie. C moves progressively further away from B-A to a lower energy state.&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP shows that the system spontaneously moves to a lowest potential energy state even when the particles do not accumulate any momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamics surface plot, the components of the system are able to accumulate kinetic energy: this means C is able to move away from the A-B molecule much more quickly than if the kinetic energy was set to zero after each step. Furthermore, in the dynamic model, the A-B bond fluctuates slightly around 0.908 Å (and hence possesses vibrational energy) whereas in the MEP model, the A-B bond does not fluctuate significantly around its mean bond length (as the system cannot accumulate any kinetic energy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:30, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why did you not provide any contour/surface plots here?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internuclear distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the MEP &amp;quot;Internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the MEP model, A-B the bond length cannot vibrate significantly around its mean value since the vibrational energy is set to zero at each new step. The vibrational energy between the A-C and C-B atoms is also set to zero at each new step so the graph shows a superposition of three flat curves which do not show any significant amount of vibration and hence the change in momentum is zero at each point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For the dynamic &amp;quot;internuclear distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model , the A-B bond distance vibrates most significantly around its mean value. The C molecule has the greatest momentum suggesting it is away from the A-B molecule quickly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=2.5&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_dynamic.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Distance vs. time:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Mep &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep model, the B-C and A-C distances increase less rapidly than in the dynamic model. At 2.5s, the distance between C and the B (from the B-A molecule)  is 1.23 Å in the mep model and 9.03 Å in the dynamic model.  This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more slowly than in the dynamic model. This is because in this model the kinetic energy of the C molecule is set to zero after each step. This suggest that the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule purely on the basis of lowering the potential energy and hence the total energy of the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance also decrease much more rapidly in the dynamic model: the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=1.23 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Dynamic &amp;quot;distance vs. time&amp;quot; plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dynamic model, the B-C and A-C distances increase much more rapidly than in the mep model (the distance/time gradients in the dynamic model are much greater than those in the mep model). This suggests that in the dynamic model, the C molecule moves away from the A-B molecule much more quickly since it is able to accumulate kinetic energy and hence the potential energy of the system is decreased much more rapidly than in the map model. The A-B distance decreases much more quickly in the dynamic model (at approximately 0.5 s) than in the map model (at approximately 2.0 s) and the A-B bond vibrates around the 0.77 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=9.03 Å&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.5s)=0.77 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For both models, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance is 0.77 Å at 2.5s suggesting that ultimately after a very large number of steps in the mep model, the dynamic and mep model give the same r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances. It is expected that after an infinite number of steps, the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distances will be the same for both systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reversing the directions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ie. the distances r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ were used ie. r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_mep2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Internuclear distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_momentum_graph2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distance vs. time graph for the mep model shows 3 flat curves because the kinetic energy and hence vibrational energy is set to zero after each step. For the internuclear distance vs. time dynamic plot the A molecule moves quickly away from B-C while the B-C product molecule is in a excited vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for mep plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_internuc_disyt_dynamic2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Distance vs. time for dynamic plot:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac71_internuc_dist_dynamic2_actual.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the distances of  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.908 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.918 Å. In the mep model, the B-C bond distance decreases and the A-B bond distance increases spontaneously so as to decrease the potential energy of the system. The A-B bond distance increase much more rapidly than in the mep model since in the dynamic model the distance/time graph has a much steeper gradient. In dynamic model the B-C bond distance also decreases more rapidly than in the mep model and the bond vibrates around its mean value: : the mep model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 2.0 s while the dynamic model reaches r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.77 Å at approximately 0.5s. Hence, the plots for the  (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+δ, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+ δ) give graph of the same shape (as if atoms the labels for atoms  A and C were oppositely labelled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total energy (kcal/mol) !! Reactive or unreactive !! Description of T !! Contour plot !! Inter-nuclear distance plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example 1 || -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || The digram shows the A molecule approaching the B-C molecule with mainly translational kinetic energy.. The collision between A and the B-C molecule passes over the saddle point to for a vibrationally excited A-B molecule and in which the C molecule moves progressively further away from the product A-B molecule. The distance vs. time plot suggests that the reactant molecules possess very little vibrational kinetic energy while the product molecule possess more vibrational energy. Hence, the reactants have enough translational and vibrational energy (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.25) for the reaction to be successful. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_1stline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_1stline.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Un-reactive || The reactants possess more vibrational energy than in the Example 1 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5. The reactants collide but the B-C molecule is vibrationally excited. A collision between the A and B-C molecule on this reaction pathway does not take the system to the saddle point and so no product molecule is formed. The reaction is unsuccessful and the B-C and A molecules more further apart once more. A possible explanation to this could be that the reactants do not possess enough translational energy in order to collide successfully to for a product molecule. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  [[File:Mac716_contourplot_2ndline.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuc_distance_line2.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956|| Reactive ||&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants possess the same amount of vibrational energy as in Example 2 (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.5) but the reactants in example 3 possess more translational kinetic energy than in example 2 since p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-2.5 for this reaction. Unlike Example 2 this is a successful reaction. The reactants possess enough translational kinetic energy in order to collide successfully and for products. The A-B product molecules are in an excited vibrational state. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line3.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Un-Reactive || Description &lt;br /&gt;
The incoming reactant molecule possesses mainly translational energy. The reactants pass through the transition state region. The B-C product has enough energy to recross the barrier region and reform the reactant molecules with excess vibrational energy. Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This I usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
||[[File:Mac716-contour-line4.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line4.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || &lt;br /&gt;
The reactant molecules have enough translational energy to cross the transition state region. The vibrationally excited product has enough kinetic energy to re-cross the barrier to re-form reactant which itself still has enough kinetic energy to re-crosses the barrier once more to form vibrationally excited product molecules.&lt;br /&gt;
|| [[File:Mac716_contour_plot_line5.PNG|400px]] || [[File:Mac716_internuclear_distance_line5.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to vibrational energy and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; refers to translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the systems have different total energy. The plots also suggest that the reaction is very sensitive to the initial reaction conditions.  More specifically, a sufficient amount of total kinetic energy of the reactants does not guarantee that the reaction path will go through the transition state and go on to form products. Instead, the amount of vibrational and the amount of translational kinetic energy of the reactants determines whether or not a collision goes through the transition state to form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three assumptions of transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three assumptions of transition state theory are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. That the motion of the constituents of the system along the reaction coordinate can be described by classical mechanics (quantum effects are not considered by TST).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. That the species in the system in the different energy states are populated according to the Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Activated complexes that cross the transition state barrier are assumed to go on to form products. In transition state theory, the product formed is assumed to be &amp;quot;deactivated&amp;quot; and barrier recrossing is not considered by TST. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory relies on the assumption that a potential energy surface defined in coordinate space can be used to calculate trajectories along which reactants pass through a transition state to form products without being able to turn back and reform reactants. Hence, transition state theory relies on the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and assumes that the energy of species along the reaction pathway is distributed according to the Boltzmann distribution. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that once a reactant crosses the transition state barrier it forms a “deactivated” product which can no longer re-cross the transition state energy barrier. This is usually a good approximation when the barrier is large compared to RT. However, this approximation is much less reliable when the barrier is low compared to RT. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; Furthermore, when the mass of the atoms are very small, such as H, quantum effects such as tunneling can allow reactant species with insufficient energy to cross the energy barrier and form products. Tunneling effects are driven by quantum effects which are not regarded in TST. Hence tunneling effects increase the actual rate of reaction compared to the TST estimate of the reaction rate. However, product molecules with sufficient energy can re-cross the transition state energy barrier re-forming reactants - this is know as barrier recrossing. Barrier recrossing is not considered in transition state theory. Hence barrier recrossing decreases the actual reaction rate compared to the TST reaction rate. Since barrier recrossing effects occur much more frequently than tunneling effect, the actual experimental reaction rate is less than the TST estimate of the reaction rate due to more important barrier recrossing factors. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If atom A atom B and atom C represent H, H and F respectively: the potential energy surface shows that the potential energy of the system when the BC distance is very large compared to the AB distance, the system has a less negative potential energy. This suggest that the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is higher in energy. When the AB distance is very large compared to the BC distance, the potential energy of the system is lowered. This suggests that the H-F +H system is lower in energy than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F system. Hence the reaction F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; --&amp;gt; H + H-F is an exothermic reaction and the H + H-F --&amp;gt;  F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond and H-F bond have ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;=436 kJ/mol and 565kJ/mol respectively. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H, the ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=436-565=-129 kJ/mol.Hence, this reaction is exothermic as heat is released to the surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H-F + H --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction, ΔH&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rxn&#039; &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=565-436=129 kJ/mol which is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Potential energy surface for the A-B + C system where A, B and C represent H, H and F respectively:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_system_exoendo.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction is exothermic, from Hammond&#039;s postulate, it is expected that the energy of the transition state will resemble that of the reactants more closely then that of the reactants ie. an early transition state is expected. The location of the transition state was found by manipulating the H-H distance (increasing between 1.0 and 0.5 Å) and B-C distance(decreasing between 1.5 and 2.0 Å) simultaneously. An estimate for the transition state position was found at H-H(A-B)=0.745 Å and H-F(B-C)=1.810 Å. At this point, the Internuclear distance vs. time graph shows three flat curves suggesting that a this point the atoms do to vibrate of diviate much from these bond distances ie. that the atoms are not moving so as to decrease the potential energy of the system and hence suggesting that this point is very close to the saddle point on the PES (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_FHH_bond_distance_saddle_point.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the exothermic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-H bond distance was decreased slightly away from the stationary point (by decreasing the H-H bond distance by 0.01 so as to shift the system slightly towards the left of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB(HH):0.745 Å BC(HF):1.820 Å, (MEP, 200000 steps)--&amp;gt; Activation energy=-103.751-(-103.986)=0.235 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_energy_exothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finding the activation energy for the endothermic reaction H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have decreased  slightly the B-C distance to lit the equilibrium to the H + H-F side of the stationary point.&lt;br /&gt;
(AB)=0.745 Å and BC(HF)=1.700 Å , (MEP, 50000 steps)---&amp;gt; Potential energy=-104.163-(-133.076)=28.913 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_distance_time_endothermic.PNG|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plots suggest that the activation energy for the exothermic reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F --&amp;gt; H-F + H) is very small compared to the activation energy for the endothermic (reverse) reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 1:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 with p(AB)=-0.0 and p(BC)=-0.375. This gave a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contour plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_1.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear momenta vs. time plot:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_question3_3.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of the H-F bond via an exothermic reaction. This energy is released as vibration and translational energy (ie. kinetic energy). The intermolecular momentum plot shows that the translational energy increases from 0.0 to approximately 2.5 as the B-C product moves away from the A molecule. The  B-C molecule formed has a large amount of vibrational energy and so is vibrationally excited (orange curve shows the vibrational excitation of the B-C product molecule). The plot further suggest that more energy is release as vibrational energy than as translational energy for this exothermic reaction.Experimentally, this could be confirmed using IR spectroscopy. One would expect to see a main peak in the IR spectrum with several lower energy overtones. The greater the intensity of the overtones in the IR spectrum, the more vibrationally excited the product molecule formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial condition of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 and p(B)=-0.5, values of p(AB) were tested between -3 and 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Table of different trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! p(AB) !!  Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour1.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.9|| Unreactive ||   [[File:Mac716_contour2.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.8|| Unreactive|| [[File:Mac716 conour3.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.8||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour4.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9||Reactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour5.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 ||Unreactive||  [[File:Mac716_contour6.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, all of the different reactions tested did not give products. Only the reaction with p(AB)=2.9 gave rise to a successful reaction. This could suggest that even if the reactant have excess vibration energy, this does not necessarily allow them to surmount the transition state barrier. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, that for this exothermic reaction, one is expected to have an early transition state and hence translational energy is more effective than vibrational energy for allowing the reactants to cross the barrier. Hence, this could indicate that increasing the translational energy of the reactants could allow the reactants to cross the energy barrier more effectively than vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When p(BC) = -0.8 p(AB) = 0.1 these conditions give a successful reaction (for initial conditions of r(AB)=0.74, r(BC)=2.0 ). The contour plot is show below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour7.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This suggest that even thoug h the amount of vibrational energy is relatively small, there is sufficient translational energy for the reactants to cross over the transition state to form products since the activation energy barrier is very low (calcualated as 0.235 kcal/mol). This observation is further supported by Polanyi&#039;s rules which state that for an exothermic reaction, the TS is early and hence translational energy is more effective in allowing the reactants to cross the transition state than increasing vibrational energy. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 2:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(FH)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 and low vibrational energy of p(H-F)=-1.0 and high momentum of r(H HF)=-7.0 the reaction was found to be unsuccessful - contour plot shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mac716_contour26.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using initial conditions of r(HF)=0.91 and r(H HF)=2.01 different amounts of vibrational and kinetic energy were tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;Reactive and unreactive trajectories&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
! Example !!  p(H-F) !! p(H H-F) !! Reactive or unreactive !!  Contour plot &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 1 || -12 || -3.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour20.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 2 || -11 || -3.0 || Un-reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour21.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 3 || -12 || -2.0 || Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour22.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 4 || -12 || -1.0 ||Reactive || [[File:Mac716_contour23.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 5 || -10 || -2.0 ||Un-reactive  || [[File:Mac716_contour24.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Example 6 || -10 || -1.0 || Reactive   || [[File:Mac716_contour25.PNG|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. According to Polanyi&#039;s rules, in an exothermic reaction, the transition state energy farrier is late (ie. occurs in the product channel) so that vibrational energy is more effective in allowing the reactant cross the barrier than translational energy. In example 5 above, the reaction is unsuccessful even though there in more translational energy available than in the Example 6 reaction. The reaction in Example 1 is successful while the reaction in Example 2 is unsuccessful: both reactions have the same amount of translational energy. However, the example 1 reaction has a greater amount of vibrational energy than the example 2 reaction. This hence lies in accordance for Polanyi&#039;s rules for endothermic reactions. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question 3===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules suggest that translational and vibrational energy are more effective in allowing the reaction to cross the transtion state depending on whether the transition state is late or early. For an early transition state barrier, translational energy allows for more effective crossing of the potential energy barrier than vibrational energy.  Hence, for a reaction with an early transition state in the entrance channel, even with excess vibrational energy the reaction may still be unsuccessful if there is insufficient translational energy available to cross the barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
A late transition state barrier is located in the exit channel and is more effectively crossed with vibrational energy than translational energy. Hence, for a reaction with a late energy barrier, reactants with excess translational energy but insufficient vibrational energy does not lead to a successful reaction. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By considering Polanyi&#039;s rules and Hammond&#039;s postulate, exothermic reactions, in which the transition state is more similar to the reactants than the products suggesting that the saddle point of the PES is located in the reactant channel (ie. an early barrier). On the other hand, in an endothermic reaction, the transition state resemble the products more closely so it is expected that the stationary point in the PES is located in the exit channel (ie. late barrier). Therefore, depending on the position of the saddle point in the PES (whether it is in the entry (early TS) or exit (late TS)channel) vibrational or translational energy will be more or less effective in allowing the reactants to cross the potential energy barrier and form products. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Lewars EG. Computational Chemistry - Introduction to the Theory and Applications of Molecular and Quantum Mechanics. 16th ed. 2011. 16-17 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 908-912 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Atkins P, de Paula J. Atkins Physical Chemistry. 10th ed. Oxford University Press; 2014. 968 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moore J W, Pearson R G. Kinetics and Mechanism. 3rd ed. 1961. 166 p. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Silbey R J, Alberty R A. Physical Chemistry. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2001. 715 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 6&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reimers J R. Computational Methods for Large Systems: Electronic Structure Approaches for Biotechnology and Nanotechnology. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 134 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DaCosta H, Fan M.Rate Constant Calculation for Thermal Reactions: Methods and Applications. John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons; 2011. 142 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Reference 8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Steinfield J L, Francisco J S, Hase W L. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics. Prentice-Hall; 1989. 298-299 p.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:balu&amp;diff=733417</id>
		<title>MRD:balu</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:balu&amp;diff=733417"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:21:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum or maximum is dependent on two variables, being the distance between A and B, and B and C. If the derivative with respect to both variables is &#039;0&#039; a point of inflection is observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at a saddle point where the minimum energy path way is at a maximum. Therefore, both variables have to differentiate to &#039;0&#039; with one of them resembling a maximum and the other a minimum. If the second order partial derivative of both variables is below 0 a saddle point has been found&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PES&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, following conditions need to be satisfied:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
∂f/∂x=0, ∂f/∂y=0 and fxxfyy-(fxy)^2 &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All atoms are roughly 0.9 Å away from each other in the transition state. Improving upon that value yielded an optimised distance of 0.90775 Å. If both bond distances are set to that value with no momentum between them, none of the atoms have the energy required to escape the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph below illustrates that quite nicely as the normally oscillating plot representing the position of the atoms now resembles a straight line, where all energy is saved up as potential energy with no kinetic movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rts 3H.png|thumb|centre|Figure 1: Intermolecular distance vs Time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By using a minimum energy path (mep) calculation instead of a dynamic one the inertia of the individual atoms is taken out of the equation leading to a smooth curve instead of an oscillating one. This can be seen in the plot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep the trajectories of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diverge much less abruptly than the trajectories of the dynamically calculated steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Plots comparing the two modi of calculating the reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Contour Plots&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 contour dyn.png|thumb|center|Figure 1: Contour plot of dynamically calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]] [[File:Bb1916 contour mep.png|thumb|center|Figure 2: Contour plot of mep calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep calculated curve is much shorter due to the resetting of the velocity of the atoms to zero at each step, thus removing any inertia on the atoms on each step. This way the atoms move much slower relatively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Intermolecular distance&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 dist dyn.png|thumb|center|Figure 3: Intermolecular distance plot of dynamically calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]] [[File:Bb1916 dist mep.png|thumb|center|Figure 4: Intermolecular distance plot of mep calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No oscillating behaviour is witnessed in the mep plot for the same reasons as above. The mep plot also exhibits a plateauing behaviour after an initially quick separation of A and B and the concomitant approaching of B and C. This is due to an early repulsion and attraction that does not exist at sufficient distance anymore and due to the resetting of the velocity both of these graphs will slowly peter out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 Å and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 Å, run trajectories with the following momenta combination:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Energy /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25  || -2.5 || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 1.png|300px]] || As indicated by the orange line the reaction successfully crosses the transition state and forms the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 2.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the reaction &amp;quot;bouncing back&amp;quot; from the transition state and staying in the area denoting the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 3.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the reaction &amp;quot;bouncing back&amp;quot; from the transition state and staying in the area denoting the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 4.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the products crossing the transition state but then looping back on itself to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 5.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the products crossing the transition state but then looping back on itself to the reactants only to loop once more and successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:19, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An overall concluding comment would have been expected. Also you could have commented on the amount of vibrational energy in each case, the wiggly or straight lines are not very obvious in the perspective of the surface plot shown. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As illustrated above the transition state is essentially the watershed at which the product is formed. In Transition State Theory This marks the point of no return for the reactants and separates the reaction into two distinct spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is built on three Assumptions&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The activated complex is in thermal equilibrium with the reactants at a fixed temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The reactants along the reaction path-way behave classically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The reaction proceeds via the lowest energy pathway, represented by the transition state, on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a theory that tries to explain rate of reaction but its predicted rate can deviate from reality as reactants can revert back to the reactants even if they collided &amp;quot;successfully&amp;quot;. This opposes the classical view suggested by TST as in a classical chemistry any colliding reactants with sufficient energy will form a product and stay there. This can be seen in the 4&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; modeled system above. Another aspect contradicting the classical view is that molecules can technically tunnel, thus &amp;quot;bypassing&amp;quot; the reaction barrier or rather not completely going all the way up the reaction path-way, instead taking a short-cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignoring these effects leads to a higher predicted rate than is observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between dihydrogen and Flurine (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F ⇌ HF + F) is exothermic meaning that the formed bonds (F-H) are stronger than the bonds broken (H-H)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hammond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The reaction being in equilibrium means that the backwards reaction is endothermic. This is supported by the literature values of the respective bonds formed: F-H&#039;s ΔH&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= ; and H-H&#039;s ΔH&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:20, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You forgot to finish your sentence and look up the bond energies. Otherwise you could have described the difference in energy between the channels on the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is observed at an AB distance of 1.81 Å and a BC distance of 0.7455 Å, where A=Fluorine, and B and C the two Hydrogen atoms respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rts FHH.png|thumb|centre|Figure 5: Intermolecular distance vs Time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:21, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How did you find this TS?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ HF + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forwards reaction is an exothermic one the transition state most resembles the reactants (lit.). To determine the activation energy the bond distance between A (Fluorine) and B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) needs to be slightly increased. The next highest decimal was chosen such that AB bond distance was 1.90 Å. The BC bond distance remained constant at 0.7455 Å. The total energy of the products at that bond distance was -103.763 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy of the transition state equals -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Hence, the Activation Energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after subtracting the product energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) from the transition state energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) equals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-103.763) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.011&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 ea forward.png|thumb|centre|Figure 6: Contour plot illustrating the forward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversely, to determine the activation energy of the backwards reaction the bond distance AB needs to be decreased, since the transition state now mostly resembles the products. An AB bond distance of 1.72 was chosen. The BC bond remained constant at 0.7455 Å. At that bond distance the product energy equals -133.467 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-133.467) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;29.751&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 ea backward.png|thumb|centre|Figure 7: Energy vs time of the backward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F was analysed. Momentum was reintroduced to find a successful reaction pathway. The bond distances taken were the ones from investigating the Activation Energy of the forward reaction, i.e. the distance between A (Fluorine) and B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was 1.9 Å, whereas the distance between B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and C (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was 0.7455. The momentum, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, - i.e. between A and B - was -1.5, whereas p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (between B and C) was increased to 0.5. The calculation type chosen was Dynamics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rx forwards.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Intermolecular distance plot of the forward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rx energy.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Energy vs time plot of the forward reaction illustrating the oscillating behaviour.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 illustrates the reaction going to completion. Noticeable is the continuing oscillation in the AB bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen in Figure 9 above the Energy released in the bond formation manifests itself in the oscillation of the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forward Reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AB distance was 1.90 Å and the BC distance 0.74 Å. The blue line represents the reaction the more it changes colour the further the reaction has proceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.5  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -3.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -0.5  || -1.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -1.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -0.5  || -0.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -0.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -0.5  || 0 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics zero.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some major looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -0.5  || 0.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 0.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || -0.5  || 1.5 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 1.5.png|300px]] || The blue line crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || -0.5  || 3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 3.png|300px]] || The blue line crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sweet spot of momenta seems to be between -1.5 and 1.5. In that area the molecules have a sufficient momentum to form the products but not too much to &amp;quot;bounce back&amp;quot; and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.8  || 0.1 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics red energy.png|300px]] || After considerable looping the reaction the reaction successfully proceeds.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At considerably reduced energy the reaction needs some time to successfully form the products. To get there the reaction crosses the transition state multiple times. Reaction 3 in the table above is quite comparable in Energy and thus also shape of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Backward Reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The distance between A and B is 0.97. Between B and C 2.25. The blue line represents the reaction the more it changes colour the further the reaction has proceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.2  || -5.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back 5.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -2.0  || -4.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 6.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -3.0  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 7.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -1.0  || -6.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 8.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -0.5  || -2.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 1.png|300px]] || The blue line does not even approach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || -1  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 2.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || -2.0  || -2.5 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 3.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || -7.0  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 4.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || -9.0  || -1.0 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully crosses the transition state after some major looping.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AB bond needs to oscillate quite strongly (high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the approach of C cannot be too fast (small p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction to proceed successfully. Thus, the observations agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules consider the effect of two modes of energy distribution on the transition state of molecules in a reaction: translational and vibrational&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. They state that for a reaction with an early transition state (exothermic) translational energy is more effective at promoting said transition, whereas vibrational energy promotes a later transition state (endothermic), i.e. for the forward reaction translational energy would have made the biggest difference in promoting the successful crossing of the transition state - the reverse is true for the backwards reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to the plots above it would suggest that an initially high momentum of the starting material makes the backwards reaction more reactive whereas if the momentum between the reagents were too high the reaction would break down into the initial reagents again. Conversely, for the forward (exothermic) reaction a high relative momentum between the reagents is required to successfully form the products. Compare Reaction 2 for an illustrative example of the forward reaction needing high translational energy energy and Reaction 9 of the backward reaction for an example of a reaction needing high vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PES&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The potential energy surface for the F+H2 reaction as a function of bond angle in the saddle point vicinity, J. Chem. Phys., D. Schwenke et al., DOI: 10.1063/1.449929 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics (Second Edition), J. Seinfeld et al., p.289&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hammond&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quantitative Hammond Postulate,  J. Amer. Chem. Soc., N. Amgmon., DOI: 10.1039/F29787400388 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, J. Phys. Chem. Lett, Z. Zhang et al., DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:balu&amp;diff=733416</id>
		<title>MRD:balu</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:balu&amp;diff=733416"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:20:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum or maximum is dependent on two variables, being the distance between A and B, and B and C. If the derivative with respect to both variables is &#039;0&#039; a point of inflection is observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at a saddle point where the minimum energy path way is at a maximum. Therefore, both variables have to differentiate to &#039;0&#039; with one of them resembling a maximum and the other a minimum. If the second order partial derivative of both variables is below 0 a saddle point has been found&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PES&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, following conditions need to be satisfied:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
∂f/∂x=0, ∂f/∂y=0 and fxxfyy-(fxy)^2 &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All atoms are roughly 0.9 Å away from each other in the transition state. Improving upon that value yielded an optimised distance of 0.90775 Å. If both bond distances are set to that value with no momentum between them, none of the atoms have the energy required to escape the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph below illustrates that quite nicely as the normally oscillating plot representing the position of the atoms now resembles a straight line, where all energy is saved up as potential energy with no kinetic movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rts 3H.png|thumb|centre|Figure 1: Intermolecular distance vs Time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By using a minimum energy path (mep) calculation instead of a dynamic one the inertia of the individual atoms is taken out of the equation leading to a smooth curve instead of an oscillating one. This can be seen in the plot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep the trajectories of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diverge much less abruptly than the trajectories of the dynamically calculated steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Plots comparing the two modi of calculating the reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Contour Plots&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 contour dyn.png|thumb|center|Figure 1: Contour plot of dynamically calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]] [[File:Bb1916 contour mep.png|thumb|center|Figure 2: Contour plot of mep calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep calculated curve is much shorter due to the resetting of the velocity of the atoms to zero at each step, thus removing any inertia on the atoms on each step. This way the atoms move much slower relatively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Intermolecular distance&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 dist dyn.png|thumb|center|Figure 3: Intermolecular distance plot of dynamically calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]] [[File:Bb1916 dist mep.png|thumb|center|Figure 4: Intermolecular distance plot of mep calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No oscillating behaviour is witnessed in the mep plot for the same reasons as above. The mep plot also exhibits a plateauing behaviour after an initially quick separation of A and B and the concomitant approaching of B and C. This is due to an early repulsion and attraction that does not exist at sufficient distance anymore and due to the resetting of the velocity both of these graphs will slowly peter out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 Å and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 Å, run trajectories with the following momenta combination:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Energy /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25  || -2.5 || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 1.png|300px]] || As indicated by the orange line the reaction successfully crosses the transition state and forms the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 2.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the reaction &amp;quot;bouncing back&amp;quot; from the transition state and staying in the area denoting the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 3.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the reaction &amp;quot;bouncing back&amp;quot; from the transition state and staying in the area denoting the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 4.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the products crossing the transition state but then looping back on itself to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 5.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the products crossing the transition state but then looping back on itself to the reactants only to loop once more and successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:19, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An overall concluding comment would have been expected. Also you could have commented on the amount of vibrational energy in each case, the wiggly or straight lines are not very obvious in the perspective of the surface plot shown. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As illustrated above the transition state is essentially the watershed at which the product is formed. In Transition State Theory This marks the point of no return for the reactants and separates the reaction into two distinct spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is built on three Assumptions&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The activated complex is in thermal equilibrium with the reactants at a fixed temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The reactants along the reaction path-way behave classically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The reaction proceeds via the lowest energy pathway, represented by the transition state, on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a theory that tries to explain rate of reaction but its predicted rate can deviate from reality as reactants can revert back to the reactants even if they collided &amp;quot;successfully&amp;quot;. This opposes the classical view suggested by TST as in a classical chemistry any colliding reactants with sufficient energy will form a product and stay there. This can be seen in the 4&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; modeled system above. Another aspect contradicting the classical view is that molecules can technically tunnel, thus &amp;quot;bypassing&amp;quot; the reaction barrier or rather not completely going all the way up the reaction path-way, instead taking a short-cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignoring these effects leads to a higher predicted rate than is observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between dihydrogen and Flurine (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F ⇌ HF + F) is exothermic meaning that the formed bonds (F-H) are stronger than the bonds broken (H-H)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hammond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The reaction being in equilibrium means that the backwards reaction is endothermic. This is supported by the literature values of the respective bonds formed: F-H&#039;s ΔH&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= ; and H-H&#039;s ΔH&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:20, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You forgot to finish your sentence and look up the bond energies. Otherwise you could have described the difference in energy between the channels on the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is observed at an AB distance of 1.81 Å and a BC distance of 0.7455 Å, where A=Fluorine, and B and C the two Hydrogen atoms respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rts FHH.png|thumb|centre|Figure 5: Intermolecular distance vs Time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ HF + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forwards reaction is an exothermic one the transition state most resembles the reactants (lit.). To determine the activation energy the bond distance between A (Fluorine) and B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) needs to be slightly increased. The next highest decimal was chosen such that AB bond distance was 1.90 Å. The BC bond distance remained constant at 0.7455 Å. The total energy of the products at that bond distance was -103.763 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy of the transition state equals -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Hence, the Activation Energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after subtracting the product energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) from the transition state energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) equals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-103.763) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.011&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 ea forward.png|thumb|centre|Figure 6: Contour plot illustrating the forward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversely, to determine the activation energy of the backwards reaction the bond distance AB needs to be decreased, since the transition state now mostly resembles the products. An AB bond distance of 1.72 was chosen. The BC bond remained constant at 0.7455 Å. At that bond distance the product energy equals -133.467 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-133.467) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;29.751&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 ea backward.png|thumb|centre|Figure 7: Energy vs time of the backward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F was analysed. Momentum was reintroduced to find a successful reaction pathway. The bond distances taken were the ones from investigating the Activation Energy of the forward reaction, i.e. the distance between A (Fluorine) and B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was 1.9 Å, whereas the distance between B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and C (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was 0.7455. The momentum, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, - i.e. between A and B - was -1.5, whereas p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (between B and C) was increased to 0.5. The calculation type chosen was Dynamics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rx forwards.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Intermolecular distance plot of the forward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rx energy.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Energy vs time plot of the forward reaction illustrating the oscillating behaviour.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 illustrates the reaction going to completion. Noticeable is the continuing oscillation in the AB bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen in Figure 9 above the Energy released in the bond formation manifests itself in the oscillation of the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forward Reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AB distance was 1.90 Å and the BC distance 0.74 Å. The blue line represents the reaction the more it changes colour the further the reaction has proceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.5  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -3.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -0.5  || -1.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -1.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -0.5  || -0.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -0.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -0.5  || 0 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics zero.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some major looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -0.5  || 0.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 0.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || -0.5  || 1.5 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 1.5.png|300px]] || The blue line crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || -0.5  || 3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 3.png|300px]] || The blue line crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sweet spot of momenta seems to be between -1.5 and 1.5. In that area the molecules have a sufficient momentum to form the products but not too much to &amp;quot;bounce back&amp;quot; and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.8  || 0.1 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics red energy.png|300px]] || After considerable looping the reaction the reaction successfully proceeds.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At considerably reduced energy the reaction needs some time to successfully form the products. To get there the reaction crosses the transition state multiple times. Reaction 3 in the table above is quite comparable in Energy and thus also shape of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Backward Reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The distance between A and B is 0.97. Between B and C 2.25. The blue line represents the reaction the more it changes colour the further the reaction has proceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.2  || -5.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back 5.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -2.0  || -4.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 6.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -3.0  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 7.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -1.0  || -6.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 8.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -0.5  || -2.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 1.png|300px]] || The blue line does not even approach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || -1  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 2.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || -2.0  || -2.5 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 3.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || -7.0  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 4.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || -9.0  || -1.0 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully crosses the transition state after some major looping.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AB bond needs to oscillate quite strongly (high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the approach of C cannot be too fast (small p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction to proceed successfully. Thus, the observations agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules consider the effect of two modes of energy distribution on the transition state of molecules in a reaction: translational and vibrational&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. They state that for a reaction with an early transition state (exothermic) translational energy is more effective at promoting said transition, whereas vibrational energy promotes a later transition state (endothermic), i.e. for the forward reaction translational energy would have made the biggest difference in promoting the successful crossing of the transition state - the reverse is true for the backwards reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to the plots above it would suggest that an initially high momentum of the starting material makes the backwards reaction more reactive whereas if the momentum between the reagents were too high the reaction would break down into the initial reagents again. Conversely, for the forward (exothermic) reaction a high relative momentum between the reagents is required to successfully form the products. Compare Reaction 2 for an illustrative example of the forward reaction needing high translational energy energy and Reaction 9 of the backward reaction for an example of a reaction needing high vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PES&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The potential energy surface for the F+H2 reaction as a function of bond angle in the saddle point vicinity, J. Chem. Phys., D. Schwenke et al., DOI: 10.1063/1.449929 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics (Second Edition), J. Seinfeld et al., p.289&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hammond&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quantitative Hammond Postulate,  J. Amer. Chem. Soc., N. Amgmon., DOI: 10.1039/F29787400388 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, J. Phys. Chem. Lett, Z. Zhang et al., DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:balu&amp;diff=733415</id>
		<title>MRD:balu</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:balu&amp;diff=733415"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:19:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens alon...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum or maximum is dependent on two variables, being the distance between A and B, and B and C. If the derivative with respect to both variables is &#039;0&#039; a point of inflection is observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at a saddle point where the minimum energy path way is at a maximum. Therefore, both variables have to differentiate to &#039;0&#039; with one of them resembling a maximum and the other a minimum. If the second order partial derivative of both variables is below 0 a saddle point has been found&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PES&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, following conditions need to be satisfied:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
∂f/∂x=0, ∂f/∂y=0 and fxxfyy-(fxy)^2 &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All atoms are roughly 0.9 Å away from each other in the transition state. Improving upon that value yielded an optimised distance of 0.90775 Å. If both bond distances are set to that value with no momentum between them, none of the atoms have the energy required to escape the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph below illustrates that quite nicely as the normally oscillating plot representing the position of the atoms now resembles a straight line, where all energy is saved up as potential energy with no kinetic movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rts 3H.png|thumb|centre|Figure 1: Intermolecular distance vs Time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By using a minimum energy path (mep) calculation instead of a dynamic one the inertia of the individual atoms is taken out of the equation leading to a smooth curve instead of an oscillating one. This can be seen in the plot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the mep the trajectories of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; diverge much less abruptly than the trajectories of the dynamically calculated steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Plots comparing the two modi of calculating the reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Contour Plots&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 contour dyn.png|thumb|center|Figure 1: Contour plot of dynamically calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]] [[File:Bb1916 contour mep.png|thumb|center|Figure 2: Contour plot of mep calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mep calculated curve is much shorter due to the resetting of the velocity of the atoms to zero at each step, thus removing any inertia on the atoms on each step. This way the atoms move much slower relatively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Intermolecular distance&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 dist dyn.png|thumb|center|Figure 3: Intermolecular distance plot of dynamically calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]] [[File:Bb1916 dist mep.png|thumb|center|Figure 4: Intermolecular distance plot of mep calculated reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No oscillating behaviour is witnessed in the mep plot for the same reasons as above. The mep plot also exhibits a plateauing behaviour after an initially quick separation of A and B and the concomitant approaching of B and C. This is due to an early repulsion and attraction that does not exist at sufficient distance anymore and due to the resetting of the velocity both of these graphs will slowly peter out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 Å and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 Å, run trajectories with the following momenta combination:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Energy /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -1.25  || -2.5 || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 1.png|300px]] || As indicated by the orange line the reaction successfully crosses the transition state and forms the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 2.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the reaction &amp;quot;bouncing back&amp;quot; from the transition state and staying in the area denoting the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 3.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the reaction &amp;quot;bouncing back&amp;quot; from the transition state and staying in the area denoting the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 4.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the products crossing the transition state but then looping back on itself to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 rx 5.png|300px]] || The orange line shows the products crossing the transition state but then looping back on itself to the reactants only to loop once more and successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:19, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An overall concluding comment would have been expected. Also you could have commented on the amount of vibrational energy in each case, the wiggly or straight lines are not very obvious in the perspective of the surface plot shown. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As illustrated above the transition state is essentially the watershed at which the product is formed. In Transition State Theory This marks the point of no return for the reactants and separates the reaction into two distinct spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is built on three Assumptions&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The activated complex is in thermal equilibrium with the reactants at a fixed temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The reactants along the reaction path-way behave classically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The reaction proceeds via the lowest energy pathway, represented by the transition state, on the PES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a theory that tries to explain rate of reaction but its predicted rate can deviate from reality as reactants can revert back to the reactants even if they collided &amp;quot;successfully&amp;quot;. This opposes the classical view suggested by TST as in a classical chemistry any colliding reactants with sufficient energy will form a product and stay there. This can be seen in the 4&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; modeled system above. Another aspect contradicting the classical view is that molecules can technically tunnel, thus &amp;quot;bypassing&amp;quot; the reaction barrier or rather not completely going all the way up the reaction path-way, instead taking a short-cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignoring these effects leads to a higher predicted rate than is observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between dihydrogen and Flurine (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F ⇌ HF + F) is exothermic meaning that the formed bonds (F-H) are stronger than the bonds broken (H-H)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hammond&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. The reaction being in equilibrium means that the backwards reaction is endothermic. This is supported by the literature values of the respective bonds formed: F-H&#039;s ΔH&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= ; and H-H&#039;s ΔH&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is observed at an AB distance of 1.81 Å and a BC distance of 0.7455 Å, where A=Fluorine, and B and C the two Hydrogen atoms respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rts FHH.png|thumb|centre|Figure 5: Intermolecular distance vs Time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ HF + F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forwards reaction is an exothermic one the transition state most resembles the reactants (lit.). To determine the activation energy the bond distance between A (Fluorine) and B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) needs to be slightly increased. The next highest decimal was chosen such that AB bond distance was 1.90 Å. The BC bond distance remained constant at 0.7455 Å. The total energy of the products at that bond distance was -103.763 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy of the transition state equals -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Hence, the Activation Energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after subtracting the product energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) from the transition state energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) equals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-103.763) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.011&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 ea forward.png|thumb|centre|Figure 6: Contour plot illustrating the forward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversely, to determine the activation energy of the backwards reaction the bond distance AB needs to be decreased, since the transition state now mostly resembles the products. An AB bond distance of 1.72 was chosen. The BC bond remained constant at 0.7455 Å. At that bond distance the product energy equals -133.467 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -103.752 - (-133.467) = &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;29.751&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 ea backward.png|thumb|centre|Figure 7: Energy vs time of the backward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally? ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F was analysed. Momentum was reintroduced to find a successful reaction pathway. The bond distances taken were the ones from investigating the Activation Energy of the forward reaction, i.e. the distance between A (Fluorine) and B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was 1.9 Å, whereas the distance between B (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and C (Hydrogen&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was 0.7455. The momentum, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, - i.e. between A and B - was -1.5, whereas p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (between B and C) was increased to 0.5. The calculation type chosen was Dynamics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rx forwards.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Intermolecular distance plot of the forward reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bb1916 rx energy.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Energy vs time plot of the forward reaction illustrating the oscillating behaviour.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 illustrates the reaction going to completion. Noticeable is the continuing oscillation in the AB bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As can be seen in Figure 9 above the Energy released in the bond formation manifests itself in the oscillation of the atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forward Reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AB distance was 1.90 Å and the BC distance 0.74 Å. The blue line represents the reaction the more it changes colour the further the reaction has proceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.5  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -3.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -0.5  || -1.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -1.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -0.5  || -0.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics -0.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -0.5  || 0 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics zero.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some major looping in the area of the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -0.5  || 0.5 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 0.5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully forms the products after some looping in the area of the transition state.successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || -0.5  || 1.5 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 1.5.png|300px]] || The blue line crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || -0.5  || 3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics 3.png|300px]] || The blue line crosses the transition state but loops back on itself to revert to the products.successfully form the products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sweet spot of momenta seems to be between -1.5 and 1.5. In that area the molecules have a sufficient momentum to form the products but not too much to &amp;quot;bounce back&amp;quot; and revert to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.8  || 0.1 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics red energy.png|300px]] || After considerable looping the reaction the reaction successfully proceeds.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At considerably reduced energy the reaction needs some time to successfully form the products. To get there the reaction crosses the transition state multiple times. Reaction 3 in the table above is quite comparable in Energy and thus also shape of the contour plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Backward Reaction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The distance between A and B is 0.97. Between B and C 2.25. The blue line represents the reaction the more it changes colour the further the reaction has proceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || -0.2  || -5.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back 5.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 || -2.0  || -4.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 6.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || -3.0  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 7.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || -1.0  || -6.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 8.png|300px]] || The blue line (reaction) does not successfully cross the transition state but makes a considerable advance into the relevant area.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || -0.5  || -2.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 1.png|300px]] || The blue line does not even approach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || -1  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 2.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || -2.0  || -2.5 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 3.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || -7.0  || -3.0 || unreactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 4.png|300px]] || The blue line does not successfully cross the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || -9.0  || -1.0 || reactive || [[File:Bb1916 dynamics back rite 5.png|300px]] || The blue line successfully crosses the transition state after some major looping.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AB bond needs to oscillate quite strongly (high p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and the approach of C cannot be too fast (small p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction to proceed successfully. Thus, the observations agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules consider the effect of two modes of energy distribution on the transition state of molecules in a reaction: translational and vibrational&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. They state that for a reaction with an early transition state (exothermic) translational energy is more effective at promoting said transition, whereas vibrational energy promotes a later transition state (endothermic), i.e. for the forward reaction translational energy would have made the biggest difference in promoting the successful crossing of the transition state - the reverse is true for the backwards reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to the plots above it would suggest that an initially high momentum of the starting material makes the backwards reaction more reactive whereas if the momentum between the reagents were too high the reaction would break down into the initial reagents again. Conversely, for the forward (exothermic) reaction a high relative momentum between the reagents is required to successfully form the products. Compare Reaction 2 for an illustrative example of the forward reaction needing high translational energy energy and Reaction 9 of the backward reaction for an example of a reaction needing high vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;PES&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The potential energy surface for the F+H2 reaction as a function of bond angle in the saddle point vicinity, J. Chem. Phys., D. Schwenke et al., DOI: 10.1063/1.449929 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics (Second Edition), J. Seinfeld et al., p.289&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Hammond&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Quantitative Hammond Postulate,  J. Amer. Chem. Soc., N. Amgmon., DOI: 10.1039/F29787400388 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Theoretical Study of the Validity of the Polanyi Rules for the Late-Barrier Cl + CHD3 Reaction, J. Phys. Chem. Lett, Z. Zhang et al., DOI: 10.1021/jz301649w &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733414</id>
		<title>MRD:IGE15</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733414"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:14:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
Chemical reactions can be modeled using Newtonian mechanics, ignoring quantum mechanical phenomena. Presented here is the study of 2 systems based on the linear collision of a single atom into a diatomic molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path that links reactants to products follows a minimum energy. The highest energy point along this path is a saddle point known as the transition state. At this location, the two components of the gradient equal to zero, however, a deviation from the path will cause an increase in energy while movement along the path will cause a decrease in energy i.e. the second derivative in the direction along the path is negative and the second derivative perpendicular to the path is positive. In contrast, movement in any direction at the minima (reactants/products) will result in an increase in energy, the second derivative in both directions is positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:07, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It wouldn&#039;t have hurt to give some equations, but overall correct. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Distance IGE.PNG|thumb|700px|center|Internuclear distance at r,sub.ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the triatomic Hydrogen system, in the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is expected to equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Furthermore, at the transition state, the gradient in both directions is zero and so there should be no resultant momentum. Modifying the internuclear separation with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momentum yields an approximate value for the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.90774 Å. This seems a reasonable value for a state between bond formation and breaking. It is larger than the H-H bond length, but smaller than the combined Van der Waals radii of 2 H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Path Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:MEP contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using MEP calculation ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path calculation, the system&#039;s velocities are reset to 0 after each iteration and so the atoms move infinitely slowly. As a result, the trajectory follows the path of lowest energy without deviation. In the dynamic calculation, the velocity is conserved, manifesting as an oscillation in internuclear distance i.e. a molecular vibration. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and so the atoms form the product (A + BC). When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the atoms move to the reactants (AB + C).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total E /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory1.png|250px]]  || C approaches AB with enough momentum to react (pass through the transition state), producing molecular BC and atomic A.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory2.png|250px]]  || C does not approach AB with enough momentum to get over the energetic barrier and so is repelled without reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory3.png|250px]]  || Another successfully reactive trajectory. The larger difference in momentum results in slightly larger oscillation post-reaction and so a higher total energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory4.png|250px]]  || C has enough energy to pass through the transition state and form a temporary bond, however it moves so close to B that coulombic repulsion between the atoms launches it back and no reaction occurs. This is an example of &amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;, wherein the system passes through the transition state multiple times.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory5.png|250px]]  || BC passes through the transition state 3 times, another example of barrier recrossing. The BC bond is formed then broken to induce large enough vibration in AB to break the bond, before subsequently reforming the to produce the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:08, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;initial conditions before table and concluding comment following the table would have been expected. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is assumed that: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemical reactions can be predicted using the Newtonian interactions of atoms and ignoring quantum mechanical effects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Activated complexes near the transition state are in equilibrium with the reactant molecules and can be converted into the products. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Each time the transition state is crossed, a reaction goes to completion. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At mild temperatures, Transition State Theory (TST) will fairly accurately predict the rate of reaction. Once the temperature is elevated enough to allow for barrier recrossing however, the rate will be overestimated compared to experiment. Additionally, at lower temperatures, TST does not account for the ability of particles to undergo quantum tunneling and bypass the transition state energy barrier to react at a lower energy. Therefore, the rate of reaction may be underestimated compared to experiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:09, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - F System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF surface IGE.png|thumb|700px|center|Surface plot of H H F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entropic effects can be considered negligible in comparison to enthalpy as both products and reactants involve 2 species, one monatomic and one diatomic. The depth of valleys indicate a total energy of -104 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H-H + F and -134 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H + H-F, hence the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic and the reaction of H with HF is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HHF distance TS IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Internuclear distance for H H F at transition state. ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF TS contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Location of H H F transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momenta, the transition state can be located. By using Hammond&#039;s postulate, one can assume that the transition state more closely resembles F + H-H as it is closer in energy to this configuration. The resulting values are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.744888 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.810748 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions.====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Activationenergy HH IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H-H + F ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergy HF IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H + H-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H + H-F was -134.025 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and hence the activation energy for the reaction of H with H-F is 30.273 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H-H + F was -103.995 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and so the activation energy for the reaction of H-H with F is 0.243 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:11, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Very neat reply, comment on your results. Is that what you would have expected? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction momenta IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Momentum vs time plot for the reaction of H-H with F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The loss of potential energy in the exothermic reaction of H-H + F to form H and H-F is converted into kinetic energy in the form of vibrational and translational motion of the atoms. This energy is subsequently dissipated to other molecules in a reaction vessel when this is carried out on a macroscopic scale. The result of this is an increase in temperature of the reaction mixture, which can be observed and measured to confirm the magnitude of temperature change is equivalent to the loss of potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== F + H-H =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1.5 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction2.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 0.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1.5 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction4.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8 ||-0.1 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.2 ||-4.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction7.png|250px]]  || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== H + H-F =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.00 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.10 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction4.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -8.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -1.00 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -0.10 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction8.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -8.00 || -0.01 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction7.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -10.00 || -1.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction2.png|250px]]    || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discussion=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that an early transition state requires translational energy for reaction efficiency, while a late transition state requires vibrational energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can apply this to the H H F system as follows: the H-H + F reaction is exothermic, therefore has an early transition state and so should require translational energy. This can be seen in the first table above: the simulations with high vibrational energy often fail. When this is reduced, however, the tendency to react increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of H + H-F, the rules indicate that high vibrational energy is necessary. Indeed, with a high H-F vibrational energy, the reaction proceeds easily and when given equivalent translational energies and low vibrational energy, it fails. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These rules are in reality only guidelines however. The opposite case of low vibrational energy and high translational energy may also yield a successful reaction of H and H-F as in the final case above. Alternatively, in the reaction of H-H with F, a high vibrational energy and low translational energy can also yield a successful reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:14, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why could this be? Why can the very high values of momenta contradict Polanyi? Overall good discussion, clear description of your working. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733413</id>
		<title>MRD:IGE15</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733413"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:11:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
Chemical reactions can be modeled using Newtonian mechanics, ignoring quantum mechanical phenomena. Presented here is the study of 2 systems based on the linear collision of a single atom into a diatomic molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path that links reactants to products follows a minimum energy. The highest energy point along this path is a saddle point known as the transition state. At this location, the two components of the gradient equal to zero, however, a deviation from the path will cause an increase in energy while movement along the path will cause a decrease in energy i.e. the second derivative in the direction along the path is negative and the second derivative perpendicular to the path is positive. In contrast, movement in any direction at the minima (reactants/products) will result in an increase in energy, the second derivative in both directions is positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:07, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It wouldn&#039;t have hurt to give some equations, but overall correct. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Distance IGE.PNG|thumb|700px|center|Internuclear distance at r,sub.ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the triatomic Hydrogen system, in the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is expected to equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Furthermore, at the transition state, the gradient in both directions is zero and so there should be no resultant momentum. Modifying the internuclear separation with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momentum yields an approximate value for the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.90774 Å. This seems a reasonable value for a state between bond formation and breaking. It is larger than the H-H bond length, but smaller than the combined Van der Waals radii of 2 H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Path Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:MEP contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using MEP calculation ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path calculation, the system&#039;s velocities are reset to 0 after each iteration and so the atoms move infinitely slowly. As a result, the trajectory follows the path of lowest energy without deviation. In the dynamic calculation, the velocity is conserved, manifesting as an oscillation in internuclear distance i.e. a molecular vibration. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and so the atoms form the product (A + BC). When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the atoms move to the reactants (AB + C).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total E /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory1.png|250px]]  || C approaches AB with enough momentum to react (pass through the transition state), producing molecular BC and atomic A.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory2.png|250px]]  || C does not approach AB with enough momentum to get over the energetic barrier and so is repelled without reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory3.png|250px]]  || Another successfully reactive trajectory. The larger difference in momentum results in slightly larger oscillation post-reaction and so a higher total energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory4.png|250px]]  || C has enough energy to pass through the transition state and form a temporary bond, however it moves so close to B that coulombic repulsion between the atoms launches it back and no reaction occurs. This is an example of &amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;, wherein the system passes through the transition state multiple times.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory5.png|250px]]  || BC passes through the transition state 3 times, another example of barrier recrossing. The BC bond is formed then broken to induce large enough vibration in AB to break the bond, before subsequently reforming the to produce the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:08, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;initial conditions before table and concluding comment following the table would have been expected. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is assumed that: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemical reactions can be predicted using the Newtonian interactions of atoms and ignoring quantum mechanical effects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Activated complexes near the transition state are in equilibrium with the reactant molecules and can be converted into the products. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Each time the transition state is crossed, a reaction goes to completion. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At mild temperatures, Transition State Theory (TST) will fairly accurately predict the rate of reaction. Once the temperature is elevated enough to allow for barrier recrossing however, the rate will be overestimated compared to experiment. Additionally, at lower temperatures, TST does not account for the ability of particles to undergo quantum tunneling and bypass the transition state energy barrier to react at a lower energy. Therefore, the rate of reaction may be underestimated compared to experiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:09, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - F System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF surface IGE.png|thumb|700px|center|Surface plot of H H F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entropic effects can be considered negligible in comparison to enthalpy as both products and reactants involve 2 species, one monatomic and one diatomic. The depth of valleys indicate a total energy of -104 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H-H + F and -134 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H + H-F, hence the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic and the reaction of H with HF is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HHF distance TS IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Internuclear distance for H H F at transition state. ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF TS contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Location of H H F transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momenta, the transition state can be located. By using Hammond&#039;s postulate, one can assume that the transition state more closely resembles F + H-H as it is closer in energy to this configuration. The resulting values are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.744888 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.810748 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions.====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Activationenergy HH IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H-H + F ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergy HF IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H + H-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H + H-F was -134.025 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and hence the activation energy for the reaction of H with H-F is 30.273 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H-H + F was -103.995 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and so the activation energy for the reaction of H-H with F is 0.243 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:11, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Very neat reply, comment on your results. Is that what you would have expected? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction momenta IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Momentum vs time plot for the reaction of H-H with F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The loss of potential energy in the exothermic reaction of H-H + F to form H and H-F is converted into kinetic energy in the form of vibrational and translational motion of the atoms. This energy is subsequently dissipated to other molecules in a reaction vessel when this is carried out on a macroscopic scale. The result of this is an increase in temperature of the reaction mixture, which can be observed and measured to confirm the magnitude of temperature change is equivalent to the loss of potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== F + H-H =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1.5 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction2.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 0.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1.5 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction4.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8 ||-0.1 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.2 ||-4.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction7.png|250px]]  || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== H + H-F =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.00 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.10 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction4.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -8.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -1.00 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -0.10 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction8.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -8.00 || -0.01 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction7.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -10.00 || -1.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction2.png|250px]]    || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discussion=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that an early transition state requires translational energy for reaction efficiency, while a late transition state requires vibrational energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can apply this to the H H F system as follows: the H-H + F reaction is exothermic, therefore has an early transition state and so should require translational energy. This can be seen in the first table above: the simulations with high vibrational energy often fail. When this is reduced, however, the tendency to react increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of H + H-F, the rules indicate that high vibrational energy is necessary. Indeed, with a high H-F vibrational energy, the reaction proceeds easily and when given equivalent translational energies and low vibrational energy, it fails. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These rules are in reality only guidelines however. The opposite case of low vibrational energy and high translational energy may also yield a successful reaction of H and H-F as in the final case above. Alternatively, in the reaction of H-H with F, a high vibrational energy and low translational energy can also yield a successful reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733412</id>
		<title>MRD:IGE15</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733412"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:09:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
Chemical reactions can be modeled using Newtonian mechanics, ignoring quantum mechanical phenomena. Presented here is the study of 2 systems based on the linear collision of a single atom into a diatomic molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path that links reactants to products follows a minimum energy. The highest energy point along this path is a saddle point known as the transition state. At this location, the two components of the gradient equal to zero, however, a deviation from the path will cause an increase in energy while movement along the path will cause a decrease in energy i.e. the second derivative in the direction along the path is negative and the second derivative perpendicular to the path is positive. In contrast, movement in any direction at the minima (reactants/products) will result in an increase in energy, the second derivative in both directions is positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:07, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It wouldn&#039;t have hurt to give some equations, but overall correct. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Distance IGE.PNG|thumb|700px|center|Internuclear distance at r,sub.ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the triatomic Hydrogen system, in the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is expected to equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Furthermore, at the transition state, the gradient in both directions is zero and so there should be no resultant momentum. Modifying the internuclear separation with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momentum yields an approximate value for the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.90774 Å. This seems a reasonable value for a state between bond formation and breaking. It is larger than the H-H bond length, but smaller than the combined Van der Waals radii of 2 H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Path Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:MEP contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using MEP calculation ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path calculation, the system&#039;s velocities are reset to 0 after each iteration and so the atoms move infinitely slowly. As a result, the trajectory follows the path of lowest energy without deviation. In the dynamic calculation, the velocity is conserved, manifesting as an oscillation in internuclear distance i.e. a molecular vibration. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and so the atoms form the product (A + BC). When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the atoms move to the reactants (AB + C).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total E /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory1.png|250px]]  || C approaches AB with enough momentum to react (pass through the transition state), producing molecular BC and atomic A.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory2.png|250px]]  || C does not approach AB with enough momentum to get over the energetic barrier and so is repelled without reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory3.png|250px]]  || Another successfully reactive trajectory. The larger difference in momentum results in slightly larger oscillation post-reaction and so a higher total energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory4.png|250px]]  || C has enough energy to pass through the transition state and form a temporary bond, however it moves so close to B that coulombic repulsion between the atoms launches it back and no reaction occurs. This is an example of &amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;, wherein the system passes through the transition state multiple times.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory5.png|250px]]  || BC passes through the transition state 3 times, another example of barrier recrossing. The BC bond is formed then broken to induce large enough vibration in AB to break the bond, before subsequently reforming the to produce the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:08, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;initial conditions before table and concluding comment following the table would have been expected. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is assumed that: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemical reactions can be predicted using the Newtonian interactions of atoms and ignoring quantum mechanical effects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Activated complexes near the transition state are in equilibrium with the reactant molecules and can be converted into the products. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Each time the transition state is crossed, a reaction goes to completion. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At mild temperatures, Transition State Theory (TST) will fairly accurately predict the rate of reaction. Once the temperature is elevated enough to allow for barrier recrossing however, the rate will be overestimated compared to experiment. Additionally, at lower temperatures, TST does not account for the ability of particles to undergo quantum tunneling and bypass the transition state energy barrier to react at a lower energy. Therefore, the rate of reaction may be underestimated compared to experiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:09, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - F System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF surface IGE.png|thumb|700px|center|Surface plot of H H F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entropic effects can be considered negligible in comparison to enthalpy as both products and reactants involve 2 species, one monatomic and one diatomic. The depth of valleys indicate a total energy of -104 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H-H + F and -134 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H + H-F, hence the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic and the reaction of H with HF is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HHF distance TS IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Internuclear distance for H H F at transition state. ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF TS contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Location of H H F transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momenta, the transition state can be located. By using Hammond&#039;s postulate, one can assume that the transition state more closely resembles F + H-H as it is closer in energy to this configuration. The resulting values are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.744888 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.810748 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions.====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Activationenergy HH IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H-H + F ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergy HF IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H + H-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H + H-F was -134.025 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and hence the activation energy for the reaction of H with H-F is 30.273 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H-H + F was -103.995 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and so the activation energy for the reaction of H-H with F is 0.243 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction momenta IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Momentum vs time plot for the reaction of H-H with F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The loss of potential energy in the exothermic reaction of H-H + F to form H and H-F is converted into kinetic energy in the form of vibrational and translational motion of the atoms. This energy is subsequently dissipated to other molecules in a reaction vessel when this is carried out on a macroscopic scale. The result of this is an increase in temperature of the reaction mixture, which can be observed and measured to confirm the magnitude of temperature change is equivalent to the loss of potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== F + H-H =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1.5 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction2.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 0.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1.5 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction4.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8 ||-0.1 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.2 ||-4.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction7.png|250px]]  || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== H + H-F =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.00 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.10 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction4.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -8.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -1.00 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -0.10 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction8.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -8.00 || -0.01 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction7.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -10.00 || -1.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction2.png|250px]]    || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discussion=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that an early transition state requires translational energy for reaction efficiency, while a late transition state requires vibrational energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can apply this to the H H F system as follows: the H-H + F reaction is exothermic, therefore has an early transition state and so should require translational energy. This can be seen in the first table above: the simulations with high vibrational energy often fail. When this is reduced, however, the tendency to react increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of H + H-F, the rules indicate that high vibrational energy is necessary. Indeed, with a high H-F vibrational energy, the reaction proceeds easily and when given equivalent translational energies and low vibrational energy, it fails. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These rules are in reality only guidelines however. The opposite case of low vibrational energy and high translational energy may also yield a successful reaction of H and H-F as in the final case above. Alternatively, in the reaction of H-H with F, a high vibrational energy and low translational energy can also yield a successful reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733411</id>
		<title>MRD:IGE15</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733411"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:08:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens alon...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
Chemical reactions can be modeled using Newtonian mechanics, ignoring quantum mechanical phenomena. Presented here is the study of 2 systems based on the linear collision of a single atom into a diatomic molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path that links reactants to products follows a minimum energy. The highest energy point along this path is a saddle point known as the transition state. At this location, the two components of the gradient equal to zero, however, a deviation from the path will cause an increase in energy while movement along the path will cause a decrease in energy i.e. the second derivative in the direction along the path is negative and the second derivative perpendicular to the path is positive. In contrast, movement in any direction at the minima (reactants/products) will result in an increase in energy, the second derivative in both directions is positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:07, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It wouldn&#039;t have hurt to give some equations, but overall correct. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Distance IGE.PNG|thumb|700px|center|Internuclear distance at r,sub.ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the triatomic Hydrogen system, in the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is expected to equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Furthermore, at the transition state, the gradient in both directions is zero and so there should be no resultant momentum. Modifying the internuclear separation with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momentum yields an approximate value for the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.90774 Å. This seems a reasonable value for a state between bond formation and breaking. It is larger than the H-H bond length, but smaller than the combined Van der Waals radii of 2 H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Path Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:MEP contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using MEP calculation ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path calculation, the system&#039;s velocities are reset to 0 after each iteration and so the atoms move infinitely slowly. As a result, the trajectory follows the path of lowest energy without deviation. In the dynamic calculation, the velocity is conserved, manifesting as an oscillation in internuclear distance i.e. a molecular vibration. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and so the atoms form the product (A + BC). When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the atoms move to the reactants (AB + C).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total E /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory1.png|250px]]  || C approaches AB with enough momentum to react (pass through the transition state), producing molecular BC and atomic A.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory2.png|250px]]  || C does not approach AB with enough momentum to get over the energetic barrier and so is repelled without reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory3.png|250px]]  || Another successfully reactive trajectory. The larger difference in momentum results in slightly larger oscillation post-reaction and so a higher total energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory4.png|250px]]  || C has enough energy to pass through the transition state and form a temporary bond, however it moves so close to B that coulombic repulsion between the atoms launches it back and no reaction occurs. This is an example of &amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;, wherein the system passes through the transition state multiple times.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory5.png|250px]]  || BC passes through the transition state 3 times, another example of barrier recrossing. The BC bond is formed then broken to induce large enough vibration in AB to break the bond, before subsequently reforming the to produce the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:08, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;initial conditions before table and concluding comment following the table would have been expected. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is assumed that: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemical reactions can be predicted using the Newtonian interactions of atoms and ignoring quantum mechanical effects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Activated complexes near the transition state are in equilibrium with the reactant molecules and can be converted into the products. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Each time the transition state is crossed, a reaction goes to completion. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At mild temperatures, Transition State Theory (TST) will fairly accurately predict the rate of reaction. Once the temperature is elevated enough to allow for barrier recrossing however, the rate will be overestimated compared to experiment. Additionally, at lower temperatures, TST does not account for the ability of particles to undergo quantum tunneling and bypass the transition state energy barrier to react at a lower energy. Therefore, the rate of reaction may be underestimated compared to experiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - F System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF surface IGE.png|thumb|700px|center|Surface plot of H H F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entropic effects can be considered negligible in comparison to enthalpy as both products and reactants involve 2 species, one monatomic and one diatomic. The depth of valleys indicate a total energy of -104 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H-H + F and -134 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H + H-F, hence the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic and the reaction of H with HF is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HHF distance TS IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Internuclear distance for H H F at transition state. ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF TS contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Location of H H F transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momenta, the transition state can be located. By using Hammond&#039;s postulate, one can assume that the transition state more closely resembles F + H-H as it is closer in energy to this configuration. The resulting values are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.744888 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.810748 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions.====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Activationenergy HH IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H-H + F ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergy HF IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H + H-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H + H-F was -134.025 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and hence the activation energy for the reaction of H with H-F is 30.273 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H-H + F was -103.995 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and so the activation energy for the reaction of H-H with F is 0.243 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction momenta IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Momentum vs time plot for the reaction of H-H with F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The loss of potential energy in the exothermic reaction of H-H + F to form H and H-F is converted into kinetic energy in the form of vibrational and translational motion of the atoms. This energy is subsequently dissipated to other molecules in a reaction vessel when this is carried out on a macroscopic scale. The result of this is an increase in temperature of the reaction mixture, which can be observed and measured to confirm the magnitude of temperature change is equivalent to the loss of potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== F + H-H =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1.5 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction2.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 0.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1.5 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction4.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8 ||-0.1 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.2 ||-4.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction7.png|250px]]  || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== H + H-F =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.00 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.10 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction4.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -8.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -1.00 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -0.10 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction8.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -8.00 || -0.01 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction7.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -10.00 || -1.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction2.png|250px]]    || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discussion=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that an early transition state requires translational energy for reaction efficiency, while a late transition state requires vibrational energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can apply this to the H H F system as follows: the H-H + F reaction is exothermic, therefore has an early transition state and so should require translational energy. This can be seen in the first table above: the simulations with high vibrational energy often fail. When this is reduced, however, the tendency to react increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of H + H-F, the rules indicate that high vibrational energy is necessary. Indeed, with a high H-F vibrational energy, the reaction proceeds easily and when given equivalent translational energies and low vibrational energy, it fails. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These rules are in reality only guidelines however. The opposite case of low vibrational energy and high translational energy may also yield a successful reaction of H and H-F as in the final case above. Alternatively, in the reaction of H-H with F, a high vibrational energy and low translational energy can also yield a successful reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733410</id>
		<title>MRD:IGE15</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:IGE15&amp;diff=733410"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:07:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential en...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
Chemical reactions can be modeled using Newtonian mechanics, ignoring quantum mechanical phenomena. Presented here is the study of 2 systems based on the linear collision of a single atom into a diatomic molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Potential Energy Surfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== What value do the different components of the gradient of the potential energy surface have at a minimum and at a transition structure? Briefly explain how minima and transition structures can be distinguished using the curvature of the potential energy surface. ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path that links reactants to products follows a minimum energy. The highest energy point along this path is a saddle point known as the transition state. At this location, the two components of the gradient equal to zero, however, a deviation from the path will cause an increase in energy while movement along the path will cause a decrease in energy i.e. the second derivative in the direction along the path is negative and the second derivative perpendicular to the path is positive. In contrast, movement in any direction at the minima (reactants/products) will result in an increase in energy, the second derivative in both directions is positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:07, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It wouldn&#039;t have hurt to give some equations, but overall correct. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclear Distance IGE.PNG|thumb|700px|center|Internuclear distance at r,sub.ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the triatomic Hydrogen system, in the transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is expected to equal r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Furthermore, at the transition state, the gradient in both directions is zero and so there should be no resultant momentum. Modifying the internuclear separation with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momentum yields an approximate value for the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.90774 Å. This seems a reasonable value for a state between bond formation and breaking. It is larger than the H-H bond length, but smaller than the combined Van der Waals radii of 2 H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Path Trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:MEP contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using MEP calculation ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamics contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Reaction path using dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
In the minimum energy path calculation, the system&#039;s velocities are reset to 0 after each iteration and so the atoms move infinitely slowly. As a result, the trajectory follows the path of lowest energy without deviation. In the dynamic calculation, the velocity is conserved, manifesting as an oscillation in internuclear distance i.e. a molecular vibration. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and so the atoms form the product (A + BC). When r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is displaced and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the atoms move to the reactants (AB + C).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Complete the table by adding a column with the total energy, and another column reporting if the trajectory is reactive or unreactive. For each set of initial conditions, provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total E /kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Plot !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory1.png|250px]]  || C approaches AB with enough momentum to react (pass through the transition state), producing molecular BC and atomic A.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory2.png|250px]]  || C does not approach AB with enough momentum to get over the energetic barrier and so is repelled without reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory3.png|250px]]  || Another successfully reactive trajectory. The larger difference in momentum results in slightly larger oscillation post-reaction and so a higher total energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory4.png|250px]]  || C has enough energy to pass through the transition state and form a temporary bond, however it moves so close to B that coulombic repulsion between the atoms launches it back and no reaction occurs. This is an example of &amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;, wherein the system passes through the transition state multiple times.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:IGE Trajectory5.png|250px]]  || BC passes through the transition state 3 times, another example of barrier recrossing. The BC bond is formed then broken to induce large enough vibration in AB to break the bond, before subsequently reforming the to produce the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is assumed that: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Chemical reactions can be predicted using the Newtonian interactions of atoms and ignoring quantum mechanical effects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Activated complexes near the transition state are in equilibrium with the reactant molecules and can be converted into the products. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Each time the transition state is crossed, a reaction goes to completion. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At mild temperatures, Transition State Theory (TST) will fairly accurately predict the rate of reaction. Once the temperature is elevated enough to allow for barrier recrossing however, the rate will be overestimated compared to experiment. Additionally, at lower temperatures, TST does not account for the ability of particles to undergo quantum tunneling and bypass the transition state energy barrier to react at a lower energy. Therefore, the rate of reaction may be underestimated compared to experiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H - H - F System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF surface IGE.png|thumb|700px|center|Surface plot of H H F system.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entropic effects can be considered negligible in comparison to enthalpy as both products and reactants involve 2 species, one monatomic and one diatomic. The depth of valleys indicate a total energy of -104 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H-H + F and -134 kcalmol&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; for H + H-F, hence the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic and the reaction of H with HF is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HHF distance TS IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Internuclear distance for H H F at transition state. ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHF TS contour IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Location of H H F transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By changing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to minimise internuclear momenta, the transition state can be located. By using Hammond&#039;s postulate, one can assume that the transition state more closely resembles F + H-H as it is closer in energy to this configuration. The resulting values are r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.744888 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.810748 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Report the activation energy for both reactions.====&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Activationenergy HH IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H-H + F ]] || &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergy HF IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| E vs t plot of MEP trajectory from TS to H + H-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the TS was found to be -103.752 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H + H-F was -134.025 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and hence the activation energy for the reaction of H with H-F is 30.273 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. The energy at the minimum H-H + F was -103.995 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and so the activation energy for the reaction of H-H with F is 0.243 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. How could this be confirmed experimentally?====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reaction momenta IGE.png|350px|thumb|center| Momentum vs time plot for the reaction of H-H with F.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The loss of potential energy in the exothermic reaction of H-H + F to form H and H-F is converted into kinetic energy in the form of vibrational and translational motion of the atoms. This energy is subsequently dissipated to other molecules in a reaction vessel when this is carried out on a macroscopic scale. The result of this is an increase in temperature of the reaction mixture, which can be observed and measured to confirm the magnitude of temperature change is equivalent to the loss of potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== F + H-H =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -1.5 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction2.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 0.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 1.5 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction4.png|250px]]  || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || 3.0 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8 ||-0.1 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.2 ||-4.0 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HH reaction7.png|250px]]  || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== H + H-F =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the initial positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.00 Å, the following results were obtained when varying the initial momenta:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactivity !! Plot !! Follows Polanyi&#039;s Rules?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.00 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction1.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.10 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction3.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -11.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction4.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.01 || -8.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction5.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -1.00 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction6.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -11.00 || -0.10 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction8.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -8.00 || -0.01 || Unreactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction7.png|250px]]  || Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -10.00 || -1.00 || Reactive || [[File:IGE HF reaction2.png|250px]]    || No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Discussion=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that an early transition state requires translational energy for reaction efficiency, while a late transition state requires vibrational energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can apply this to the H H F system as follows: the H-H + F reaction is exothermic, therefore has an early transition state and so should require translational energy. This can be seen in the first table above: the simulations with high vibrational energy often fail. When this is reduced, however, the tendency to react increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of H + H-F, the rules indicate that high vibrational energy is necessary. Indeed, with a high H-F vibrational energy, the reaction proceeds easily and when given equivalent translational energies and low vibrational energy, it fails. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These rules are in reality only guidelines however. The opposite case of low vibrational energy and high translational energy may also yield a successful reaction of H and H-F as in the final case above. Alternatively, in the reaction of H-H with F, a high vibrational energy and low translational energy can also yield a successful reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733409</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733409"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:05:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s empirical rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:58, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice, good answer. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is all correct, but not using the MEP approach that was asked for. Consequently, no energy vs. time plots were provided.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:02, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where&#039;s your citation for polanyi&#039;s rules? Would have been better if you had said pHH and pHF, with one and two I can&#039;t tell if it&#039;s correct, since in the previous example you used pHF and pHH and I don&#039;t know which way round you entered the atom labels in the software. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:04, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As can be seen where? Which ones of your plots are you referring to? According to your labels they both show the other reaction. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733408</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733408"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:04:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s empirical rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:58, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice, good answer. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is all correct, but not using the MEP approach that was asked for. Consequently, no energy vs. time plots were provided.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:02, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where&#039;s your citation for polanyi&#039;s rules? Would have been better if you had said pHH and pHF, with one and two I can&#039;t tell if it&#039;s correct, since in the previous example you used pHF and pHH and I don&#039;t know which way round you entered the atom labels in the software. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:04, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As can be seen where? Which ones of your plots are you referring to? According to your labels they both show the other reaction.  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733407</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733407"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:04:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s empirical rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:58, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice, good answer. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is all correct, but not using the MEP approach that was asked for. Consequently, no energy vs. time plots were provided.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:02, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where&#039;s your citation for polanyi&#039;s rules? Would have been better if you had said pHH and pHF, with one and two I can&#039;t tell if it&#039;s correct, since in the previous example you used pHF and pHH and I don&#039;t know which way round you entered the atom labels in the software. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:04, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As can be seen where? Which ones of your plots are you referring to?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733406</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733406"/>
		<updated>2018-05-29T00:02:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s empirical rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:58, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice, good answer. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is all correct, but not using the MEP approach that was asked for. Consequently, no energy vs. time plots were provided.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 01:02, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where&#039;s your citation for polanyi&#039;s rules? Would have been better if you had said pHH and pHF, with one and two I can&#039;t tell if it&#039;s correct, since in the previous example you used pHF and pHH and I don&#039;t know which way round you entered the atom labels in the software. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733405</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733405"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:59:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Activation energy of the reaction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:58, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice, good answer. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:59, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is all correct, but not using the MEP approach that was asked for. Consequently, no energy vs. time plots were provided.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733404</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733404"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:58:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Transition state of reactions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:58, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice, good answer. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733403</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733403"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:56:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Reaction energetics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:56, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Justifying one being endothermic because the other is exothermic could have been better. You refer to the bond energies, you could have stated explicit values or described the relative height of the channels in the surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733402</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733402"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:55:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:55, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Correct, where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733401</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733401"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:53:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Calculating the reaction path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733400</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733400"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:53:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Calculating the reaction path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733399</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733399"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:53:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:53, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice intro to your table. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733398</id>
		<title>MRD:POLS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:POLS&amp;diff=733398"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:51:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Calculating the reaction path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of a reaction is a transient structure that exists at a saddle point on a potential energy surface. The gradient of the total energy equals zero and is the maximum of the minimum energy path of the potential energy surface. The minimum point of the surface also has a gradient of 0 and so in order to determine which critical point is a saddle or minimum point is to take the second derivative of the potential energy surface. If the second derivative is less than zero than it is a saddle point/transition state and if it is greater than zero it is a minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; 0 &#039;Minimum&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt; 0  &#039;Saddle point&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating The Transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state there is no force acting on the hydrogen molecule as -∂V(ri)/∂ri=0. Therefore, if you start a trajectory exactly at the transition state with no momentum then it will stay there forever. As Hydrogen is symmetry we can set r1=r2 and set p1=p2=0 to estimate a value for the transition state.  &lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the bond distance in response to oscillation on the Inter-nuclear distance Vs Time graph, the transition bond length estimated to be a value of 0.9076 Å. This is because no change in the inter nuclear distance over time shows that the atoms are being held in that position. Also, the kinetic energy equals 0 and so this also indicates the transition state had been reached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_KE_T_H.png|281x281px|thumb|right|Figure 3 - A plot inter-nuclear distance vs. Time for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H.png|323x323px|thumb|left|Figure 1 - A plot of the inter-nuclear distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_ID_T_H_H.png|313x313px|thumb|centre|Figure 2 - A plot of the internuclear distance for the system, where the points intersect is the transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the reaction path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path ( minimum energy path) is a trajectory that requires the minimum energy to form the products. This can be mapped from the transition state and can be seen to follow the valley floor. Both this and the dynamic trajectory were run by changing one of the bond distances to 0.9176. The black line seen is the mapped trajectory. The dynamic surface plot shows oscillations of potential energy surface showing that the molecule is vibrating and this agrees with an inertial trajectory whereas the mep trajectory does not show any oscillation which is not an accurate representation of what is actually occurring. Also, the dynamic path shows the full movement hydrogen atom away in the gas phase whereas the mep shows no further movement to get the lowest energy which isn&#039;t a realistic account of the motion and is a very slow rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:51, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you had increased the number of steps you would have obtained a longer MEP. Why does the MEP show no vibrations energy? Because the momentum is reset to zero at each step. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_MEP.png|298x298px|thumb|right|Figure 4 - Surface plot using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_SP_D.png|298x298px|thumb|left|Figure 5 - A surface plot using dynamic trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and unreactive trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be concluded that trajectories within the range &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, with -1.5 &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt; -0.8 and &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = -2.5 are reactive. We can also assume that any trajectory with a momenta over the activation barrier will reach completion as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the transition state and reach product formation. This was tested by using the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0 and changing the momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of inertia (Dynamic calculation type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;Total&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! React/Non!!Contour plot !! Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_1.png|315px]] ||Prior to the transition state, the reaction trajectory is in a straight line and so shows that the BC molecule does not oscillate. The A molecule then attacks the diatomic molecule when it is stationary. The new AB diatomic molecule formed however does oscillate and so does vibrate. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_2.png|315px]] || This is an unreactive path as the trajectory does not reach the product channel. This is because the momentum is not high enough to overcome the activation barrier and so the reaction does not reach completion.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_3.png|315px]] || The BC diatomic molecule oscillates slightly as A approaches but it seems to look like the BC bond length increases closer to when A approaches at the transition state compared to the other reactive trajectory&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:PG_M_4.png|315px]] || Initially the BC diatomic molecule is not vibrating but once A approaches there is heavy vibration and a triatomic complex appears to form and an AB bond forms. However this doesn&#039;t have enough kinetic energy to overcome the barrier and the complex dissociates and A disperses away from the now vibrating BC diatomic and reverts back down the reactant channel  .||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:PG_M_5.png|315px]] || The reaction path again starts with A approaching a non oscillating BC molecule and then another complex is formed but this time it has enough energy to form the products and and the trajectory moves into the product channel. The AB diatomic molecule then has a large amount of oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this investigation we can then see that the previous assumption is not always correct as when p gave a value of -2.5 and -5.2 the reaction became unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is used to explain the rates of reactions and qualitatively how they take place. The three main assumptions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The reactants and the activated complex are in equilibrium ( quasi equilibrium ) but not the products&lt;br /&gt;
2) The reaction trajectory will pass through the saddle point/transition state on the potential energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The reactants nuclei adhere to classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption three, assumes that the nuclei obey newtons law&#039;s of motion and do not take into account tunneling or the fact that molecular vibrations are quantized as these are quantum mechanical effects and it also doesn&#039;t take into account barrier re crossing that can occur as was seen in the table. The complex formed and was high energy but did not produce products, this shows that not all energetic collisions result in product formation but TST assumes this. So, the rates of reaction assumed by TST would be faster than those determined experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction energetics===&lt;br /&gt;
The F + H2 reaction is exothermic because the HF bond is lower in energy ( lower enthalpy) than the H-H bond. Therefore, when the new bond is formed energy is released into the surroundings making the reaction exothermic. Therefore H + HF is endothermic as the H-H bond is higher in energy ( higher enthalpy) than the H-F bond and so when the new H-H bond it has to take in energy from the surroundings making the reaction endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state of reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
Locating the transition state in this scenario is a little different as the system is no longer symmetric and so we cannot assume that r1=r2. But, the momentum (kinetic energy) is still 0. In an exothermic reaction the transition state most closely resembles the reactants and in an endothermic reaction the transition state more closely resembles the product. So for F + H-H the values weren&#039;t moved very far from the original values and the momentum was set to zero and it was found that the transition state was found at H-H 0.7463 and F-H 1.810 angstroms. For the H + HF system, the transition state was found by moving the bond lengths closer to the products which is the same as the reactants in the previous reaction. The same transition state was found as the same complex is formed in both cases; this is a good representation of Hammond&#039;s postulate. As can be seen the kinetic energy is zero showing that the transition state has been reached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_T.png|300x300px|thumb|Figure 6 - A plot of Energy vs. Time for the F-H-H system]][[File:PG_T_F_H.png|298x298px|thumb|center|Figure 7 -  A Surface plot of the transition state for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation energy of the reaction===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy is the energy barrier that the reactants have to reach in order to form products. This barrier is difference between the energy of the transition state and the minimum of the reactants. The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.751. the  F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction was studied.  MEP trajectory was undertaken and the bond length was changed towards the formation of FH just slightly (1.80) this gave an energy minima for the reaction to be -133.927, and for the HF + H reaction the same was done and the energy minima was found to be -104.028&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy = Energy of transition state - Energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction : -103.751 -(-104.028) = 0.277 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the HF + H reaction : -103.751 -(-133.927) = 30.176 Kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes sense as the HF bond is lower in energy than the H-H bond and therefore the reaction to form the HF bond would have a lower activation energy as the reactant bond (H-H) is of higher energy and so has less energy to gain to overcome the activation barrier. This is the reverse for the other reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions found to get a reactive trajectory of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction were:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.81, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.75, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;F-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5 , p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction and as discussed previously therefore releases energy into the surroundings, usually as heat energy if we assume no work on the surroundings is being done. This heat energy is released to the surroundings through vibrational motion. We can see this increase in vibrational motion on the contour map clearly as when the HF bond is made it has a high vibrational movement. On the energy Vs time plot we can clearly see that the energy is being conserved as as the potential energy decreases the kinetic energy rises. This could be analyzed through IR spectroscopy to see the high overtone bands produced by molecules with higher vibrational states&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_C.png | thumb | 300px | left |Figure 8 Reaction trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_E.png | thumb | 300px | centre |Figure 9 Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_F_H_M.png| thumb | 300px | left |Figure 10 Momentum vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants in a reaction must have enough energy to overcome the activation barrier of a reaction. This energy can be in the form of vibrational or translational. Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome a late transition state and they say that translational energy is better at getting your reactants to overcome an early transition state. Therefore for the exothermic reaction, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, translational energy in the molecule is more effective and for the H + HF reaction, vibrational energy is more effective. (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=vibrational energy, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = translational energy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H + HF reaction is endothermic, therefore according to Hammond&#039;s postulate has an early transition state, and so an increase in vibrational energy over translational is more effective. The momenta was set to (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.5, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.55). This was then reversed. As can be seen this system does obey Polanyi&#039;s rules and a reaction occurs when the vibrational energy is high but not when it is low in respect to the translational energy. This coincides with what it should be for an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C.png|284x284px|thumb|left|Figure 11 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;reaction of High vibrational energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PG_H_F_C_2.png|289x289px|thumb|right|Figure 12 -  A surface plot for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction of low vibrational energy]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733397</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733397"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:45:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? What is the below plot good for? It only shows a dot and not an MEP trajectory, which would have been needed to determine the Ea. Where are your zoomed in E vs. time plots? You forgot to calculate the activation energy for the reverse reaction, going from the TS to the H2 and F. The respective plot is consequently missing as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:42, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note that the last two trajectories go into the complete wrong direction away from the TS region. Comment why one is reactive the others are not.  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:45, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for the Polanyi rules? The examined above is not the endothermic scenario, but the exothermic one (going from HH to HF) You should have discussed the other reaction with examples as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733396</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733396"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:44:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? What is the below plot good for? It only shows a dot and not an MEP trajectory, which would have been needed to determine the Ea. Where are your zoomed in E vs. time plots? You forgot to calculate the activation energy for the reverse reaction, going from the TS to the H2 and F. The respective plot is consequently missing as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:42, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note that the last two trajectories go into the complete wrong direction away from the TS region. Comment why one is reactive the others are not.  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:44, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for the Polanyi rules? You could have discussed the other scenario with examples as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733395</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733395"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:43:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? What is the below plot good for? It only shows a dot and not an MEP trajectory, which would have been needed to determine the Ea. Where are your zoomed in E vs. time plots? You forgot to calculate the activation energy for the reverse reaction, going from the TS to the H2 and F. The respective plot is consequently missing as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:42, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note that the last two trajectories go into the complete wrong direction away from the TS region. Comment why one is reactive the others are not.  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733394</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733394"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:42:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? What is the below plot good for? It only shows a dot and not an MEP trajectory, which would have been needed to determine the Ea. Where are your zoomed in E vs. time plots? You forgot to calculate the activation energy for the reverse reaction, going from the TS to the H2 and F. The respective plot is consequently missing as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:42, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Note that the last two trajectories go into the complete wrong direction away from the TS region. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733393</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733393"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:40:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? What is the below plot good for? It only shows a dot and not an MEP trajectory, which would have been needed to determine the Ea. Where are your zoomed in E vs. time plots? You forgot to calculate the activation energy for the reverse reaction, going from the TS to the H2 and F. The respective plot is consequently missing as well. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733392</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733392"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:39:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? What is the below plot good for? It only shows a dot and not an MEP trajectory, which would have been needed to determine the Ea. Where are your zoomed in E vs. time plots? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733391</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733391"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:38:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol...does this Ea make sense to you? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733390</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733390"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:37:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol.   [[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:37, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;kcal/mol&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733389</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733389"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:36:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:36, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clear description of method. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733388</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733388"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:35:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:35, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Where are your references for TST?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733387</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733387"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:33:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:33, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Initial conditions should have been stated in front of the table.  In the penultimate case with BC has formed, you mean the TS was overcome but it recrossed back and reverted back to reactants. An overall concluding comment on what you learnt from this table would have been expected. It would have been nice if you had related your descriptions to the different proportions of momenta/ vibrational and translational energy used. In the last example you could have used a more precise language, I guess with &amp;quot;the reaction goes back to a BC molecule&amp;quot; you meant that it crosses the TS multiple times, but still ends up in the product channel, this can be misleading if you hadn&#039;t stated the Reactive in the other column. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733386</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733386"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:29:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Dynamic and MEP Calculation types */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? Also units are missing everywhere so far. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733385</id>
		<title>MRD:sp2416</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:sp2416&amp;diff=733385"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:29:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Dynamic and MEP Calculation types */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined at the maximum on the minimum energy path linking reactants and products. Both minima and transition states are saddle points on the potential energy surface. On the potential energy surface diagram of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; analysed, the gradient of both the transition state and minimum are found to be zero (∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0). Minima and transition structures can be distinguished by taking the second derivative of the gradient. For transition state this will be negative and positive, while for minima the answer to this will be positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internucleardistancesp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first graph the Transition state is where the A-B and B-C lines cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the Transition state the momenta are changed to 0, (as a transition state is a saddle point)  and then the distances AB and BC are adjusted so as to get an Internuclear Distance graph where both distances are stationary. This distance is found to be stationary when both AB and BC are set to be 0.90755.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InternucleardistanceTSsp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamic and MEP Calculation types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following results were obtained when the AB distance was changed to 0.90855 and the BC distance was maintained at 0.09755 (transition state position)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectory_plot_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Trajectory plot using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_dynamics_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_mep_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using mep calculation type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:29, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nice plots, but where is your description on what this shows about Dynamic vs. MEP? What&#039;s the difference between the two? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of different momenta on reactivity (Dynamic Calculation Type)&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy!!Type of Trajectory!!Contour plot!!Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.199 || Reactive || [[File:Contour1_sp2416.PNG|320px]] ||The reaction starts with a minorly oscillating AB-molecule, which is shown by a straight line plot at the start. Post the transition state occurring, and the BC-bond has been formed the molecule starts oscillating stronger. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour2_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond is oscillating at the beginning. However, both momenta of AB and C together are not strong enough to overcome the repulsion force and build the BC molecule. The particles however do approach each other, but the reaction does not go to completion. ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive || [[File:Contour3_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || Very similar to the first reaction, the only difference being that the A-B bond oscillates from the beginning as C is approaching.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Uneactive || [[File:Contour4_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || The A-B bond does not oscillate. The impact with atom C leads to a brief period of time where B and C can be observed vibrating strongly, before it dissociates again.||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Contour5_sp2416.PNG|320px]] || This plot can be considered as the mirror image of the previous plot as it starts with a non-oscillating A-B bond. Collision with C give a short-lived BC bond, which dissociates back to A-B. However, the reaction goes back to a B-C molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State theory separates reaction systems into the reactant-space and the product-space region. In the reactant-space the starting material has not reacted yet and the product-space region is entered after the reaction occurs. The border between these two systems is defined as the transition state. As soon as the transition state is overcomed and the products are produced, the reaction cannot be reveresed and the reactant-space cannot be entered again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory assumes that the atoms obey the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and that quantum-tunneling effects do not occur. Also, the atoms of the starting material obey the Boltzmann Distribution and hence we assume that the system has enough time to equilibrate at the beginning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, upon consideration of the above calculations for the 4th reaction, it can be observed that the reactants are actually able to enter the product space and dissociate back to the starting material. Hence the theory cannot be applied here. The reason for this is because the calculations performed by the program are assuming isolation of the reactant system, while the theory takes the surrounding and the possible energy exchange with neighbouring molecules into account, in order to achieve equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES Inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equilibrium reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic when it goes forward releasing energy, whilst the backward reaction is endothermic, taking energy in. &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; The H-H bond is -432 kJ/mol and the H-F bond is -565 kj/mol &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. This means that more energy is needed to break the H-F than the energy gained by forming the H-H bond, and hence the forward reaction is exothermic (and the backward endothermic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Locating the Transition Stateː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the following settingsː&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A: F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B: H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C: H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance: 1.81 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance: 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both momenta are set to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings were applied using the Dynamics Calculation type and visualising the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot. Trial and error values were used until all the distances (A-B, B-C and A-C) produce straight lines, as shown in the figure below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Distance_time_1_sp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Internuclear Distance vs Time graph using Dynamics calculation type for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt; Reporting the Activation Energyː &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find the activation energy, the type of calculation used is MEP and the AB distance is displaced slightly (form 1.81 is changed to 1.83) in order to force the reaction to go to either direction of the equilibrium - right hand side or left hand side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction in the equilibrium F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⇌ H + HF is exothermic. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that the transition state resembles more the reactants than the products in an exothermic reaction. Hence, the activation energy is obtained when the A-B distance is displaced in this calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of the transition state = -103.752 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of products = -133.466 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy of the reaction = 29.714 cal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activationenergysp2416.PNG|thumb|centre|Finding the activation energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reactive Trajectory &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactivetrajsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Reactive Trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentasp2416.png|thumb|centre|Internuclear Momenta vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An increased and vigorous oscillation of the resulting molecule can be seen from the Momentum vs Time plot. This means that the energy released during this exothermic reaction is converted into vibrational energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplotsp2416.png|thumb|centre|Energy vs Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Energy vs Time plot shows an increased oscillation in the kinetic energy of the molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Investigating the effect of changing the momentum of AB&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A : F &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom B : H &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom C : H&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB distance = 1.91 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC distance = 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AB momentum = -3 to 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BC momentum = -0.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the AB momentum reaches 0, no more reaction can be observed. Increasing the value in the positive direction only results in a change of the oscillation strength of the A-B bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure1sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = -2, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure2sp2416.png|thumb|centre|AB-momentum = 0, no reaction, reaction occurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Figure3sp2416.png|thumb|centre|B-momentum = 3, large oscillation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Polanyi&#039;s rules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The different motions (e.g. vibrational and rotational) on a reaction are discussed by Polanyi Rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the forward reaction in  F + H2 ⇌ H + HF  is exothermic, the transition state resembles the reactants and occurs early, and therefore is promoted by translational motion. This motion is resembled by the momentum corresponding to the molecules which initially are further apart (in this case the AB momentum), as this momentum is responsible for the strength of the collision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the backward reaction which is endothermic, the transition state is late and is hence promoted by a high initial vibrational energy of the starting material. The momentum of the initially bonded molecule represents this energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, it depends on the reaction monitored which momentum leads to a promotion of which reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction examined above corresponds to the endothermic one, which explains why an increase in the AB-momentum results in no reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[1]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J.C. Polanyi, D.C. Tardy, 1969, J. Chem. Phys., Vol.51 &amp;quot;Energy Distribution in the Exothermic Reaction F + H2 , and the Endothermic Reaction HF + H&amp;quot;, p.255-321.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;[2]&amp;quot;&amp;gt;http://www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html (Assessed on 15/05/2018 17ː10).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733384</id>
		<title>MRD:01235058220518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733384"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:25:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Activation Energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Potential Energy Surface, Transition State and Minima ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state of the reaction, the potential energy surface is at a maximum following increase in energy from from the reactants&#039; energy, equal to the activation energy. At this ridge point, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 . There is a point where the potential energy graph direction changes direction to be orthogonal to the direction of the reactants, the point where the graph changes direction is at the transition state. Likewise, at a minimum in the potential energy surface ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:26, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What about the second derivative?? You need it to differentiate between the two. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Position of the Transition State, rts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the plot of internuclear distance against time with the given parameters of r1= 0.74, r2= 2.30, p1= 0, p2= -2.7. The transition state is symmetrical, and occurs where the distances r1 = r2 = 0.908 Angstroms- at this internuclear distance, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 are satisfied. To locate the radii of the transition state, the momenta of AB and BC were set to zero in order to remove the tendency of the atoms to be carried by their momenta away from one another once reaching the transition state radii. The graph of internuclear distance vs. time, Figure 2, thereby shows a straight line of zero gradient, illustrating that the internuclear distance is not changing with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistancePlot1.png|thumb|left|Figure 1: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PlotDistanceTime.png|thumb|right|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance vs. Time at the Transition State]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics and Minimum Energy Pathway, MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy reaction pathway given by the system with infinitely slow molecular motion and zero moment of inertia. Oscillation due to vibrational energy is observed in the &#039;dynamics&#039; plot, however in the MEP plot there is no observed vibrational oscillation. Figure 3 shows the internuclear distance vs. time MEP at a slight deviation of r1 from 0.908 at the transition state to 0.918. Momenta remained at zero and r2 remained at the radius for the transition state rts= 0.908.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InitialMEP.png|thumb|centre|Figure 3: MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the radii r1 and r2 interchanged so that now r2= 0.918, r1= rts, the graph of internuclear distance vs. time shows an exchange in the trends for AB and BC. Conversely to before, now the distance between A and B decreases with time, but the distance between nuclei B and C increases with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Oppositeplot.png|thumb|centre|Figure 4: Reversed MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial radii values to the final values of the trajectory above, and reversing the momenta vectors shows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:27, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units units units. An additional contour or surface plot would have illustrated this better. You don&#039;t see any vibrations in the MEP because the vibrational energy is set to zero at each step. A momentum vs time plot would have illustrated this further. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reaction Trajectories: Reactive and Unreactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
The energy profile of a reaction, regardless of whether the free energy change is endothermic or exothermic, will pass over an energy barrier known as the activation energy, and reach a saddle point (the derivative of the graph equals zero here) corresponding to the energy of the transition state. In order to react, the reactants must collide with reactive orientation, and sufficient energy to react- the reactants possess this energy in a number of forms- here we are primarily concerned with kinetic, translational, and vibrational energy. If there is insufficient energy to react upon collision, the system will revert back to the reactants. It is possible for the system to pass the transition state energy and still revert back to reactants without reaction completion. This is known as barrier recrossing &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;, and is illustrated with the penultimate parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of momenta on reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy !! Reactivity !! Surface Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.119 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj1.png|400px]] || This trajectory is reactive. The reaction starts with no A-B oscillation, however once the product B-C is formed there is significant vibrational oscillation. The fact that there is no A-B oscillation before reaction shows that the atom C attacks A-B to form the triatomic transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj2.png|400px]] || The A-B bond has significant vibrational energy, as shown by the oscillation along the A-B distance axis, however this energy is insufficient for overcoming the energy barrier of the reaction activation energy. Therefore the reaction does not continue towards the products and this trajectory is said to be unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj3.png|400px]] || The momenta in this case yield sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier to reaction, and the reaction occurs. Both the approach interaction B-C and the product A-B molecule show significant vibrational oscillation. As expected with theory, the additional energy in the A-B molecule is used in breaking the A-B bond- a process which begins by elongation of the bond which is illustrated in this surface plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:Reactiontraj4.png|400px]] || This trajectory is unreactive. The A-B bond is shown not to oscillate initially. The A-B molecule and atom C then collide and begin to form the triatomic A-B-C transition state. The reaction path, however, does not proceed to products- this must be due to the forming transition state not reaching the saddle point of the minimum energy pathway due to insufficient energy in the complex. The symmetrical transition state does not form and therefore the reaction does not proceed to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj5.png|400px]] || The reaction path here is shown to be reactive. The A-B molecule again shows not to oscillate upon approach of the attacking C atom. Conversely, the product B-C is formed and oscillates very strongly, suggesting significant energy localised in vibrational modes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, if the reactants begin at the same positions but with greater momentum, they will possess greater kinetic energy. The starting positions of the reactants were kept constant throughout the stimulations, at r1= 0.74 and r2= 2.0 Generally this trend is followed, as seen between stimulations 2 and 3, where increasing the momentum by (-)0.5 produces a reaction that previously did not occur. However, some cases above show that this is not necessarily always true. For example, stimulation 4 is with greater momentum for both A-B and C compared to trajectories that previously, produced a reaction, however they did not react. This proves that there is more to a successful collision than having enough kinetic energy. &lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The reaction will follow the minimum energy pathway (mep).&lt;br /&gt;
2. Classical behaviour must be obeyed.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Quasi-equilibrium assumption: The activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactants. The activated complex to products is irreversible. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption one is not always true, since reactions can proceed via pathways other than the minimum energy pathway. An example could when the activation energy barrier is surpassed via activation photochemically. Assumption three is clearly broken in the example previously discussed where barrier crossing occurs. In this case, if reaction does not go to completion it must be because the activated complex is in equilibrium with the products as well as the reactants- hence giving reversibility. With regards to assumption two, classical behaviour is not always obeyed since quantum mechanical behaviour, such as tunnelling&amp;lt;ref name= &amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, are possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:33, 28 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I like the smooth transition from table to TST as in a proper report. The term you mean for the penultimate case is called &amp;quot;recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This stimulation concerns the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 ⇌ H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reversible, exothermic in the forwards direction. This is expected due to the formation of a strongly ionic H-F bond, more than compensating for the breaking of a covalent H-H bond, despite this bond being strong.&lt;br /&gt;
In this stimulation, atom A is fluorine, atoms B and C are hydrogen. The transition state for the reaction between fluorine and diatomic hydrogen is observed at distances A-B= 1.814 Angstroms, B-C= 0.741 Angstroms, as shown in figure 5 below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:12, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IF the forwards reaction is exothermic then what does this mean for the backwards reaction? The HF bond is not strongly ionic, it&#039;s strongly dipolar covalent. Ionic bonds only exist between anions and cations. Why is the HF bond stronger than the HH bond? Here you could have given the EN, the bond energy or described the difference in energy illustrating the endothermic and exothermic trajectory using the relative energies of the PES surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHFeqm.png|thumb|left|Figure 5: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method for finding the transition state was &#039;dynamics&#039; with momenta set to zero to prevent deviation of the atom positions from the transition state once it has been reached. Figure 5 shows no change in interatomic distances with time and no vibrational oscillations- true for a system at rest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How did you obtain the TS? what was your method? Did you think about hammond&#039;s postulate?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to find the activation energy the calculation method was changed fromm dynamics to MEP. The distance of the approaching fluorine was displaced from that of the transition state. The system, when displaced from the transition state, follows the reaction pathway either back to the reactants or to the products. By Hammond&#039;s Postulate, at small deviation in energy on the potential surface there will be a structurally similar system to that at the original point, since they are only separated by a small amount of energy. For exothermic reactions, since the energy profile shows a drop below the energy of the reactants to reach the products, show reactants that are more structurally similar to the transition state than the products are. Therefore it is more sensible to vary the distance A-B to find the activation energy than to vary the B-C distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The A-B distance was varied from 1.814 to 1.914 Angstroms. It was necessary to increase the number of steps from 500 to 10,000 since the activation energy is so small. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transitionstatehhf.png|thumb|right|Figure 6: Surface Plot for Calculation of Activation Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kcal/mol. The activation energy was +0.355 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction, however, is endothermic. The energy of the products was -133.404 kcal/mol. Taking into account the energy of the transition state, the activation energy for the backwards reaction was therefore +29.535 kcal/mol. The potential energy against time graph for HF + H is shown in figure 7. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-2.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:25, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why did you not use the MEP approach for the backwards reaction? Where&#039;s your plot? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For atom A= F, atom B= H, atom C= H, and the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
Radii: A-B= 1.91Å, B-C= 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta: AB = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exothermplot.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H-H + F to HF + H appears to be exothermic since vibrational oscillation increases significantly following reaction at around 1ns. A release in energy would be expected to increase vibrational activity in the products. Figure 8 shows that the HF product has significantly more vibrational energy than the reactants, as shown by very high frequency amplitude of oscillation. Therefore this is related to the conservation of energy because the exothermic reaction energy is taken up into the vibrational modes of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-3.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Internuclear Momenta vs. Time for Formation of HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction could be measured experimentally by bomb calorimetry. Using the equation of heat flow equal to the enthalpy of the reaction at constant pressure, enthalpy changes can be measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Effect of Varying Momentum ====&lt;br /&gt;
With F-H distance: 1.91 Angstroms, H-H distance: 0.74555, FH momentum: -0.5 kg⋅m/s, H-H momentum: -3.0 kg⋅m/s, the following contour surface is given:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-5.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot shows that at these values of momenta the reaction pathway does not proceed to products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-6.png|thumb|centre|Figure 10: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -0.5kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This Reaction pathway shows completion to products.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-7.png|thumb|centre|Figure 11: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= +3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction pathway shows an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:17, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You only state pHH with your figures, hence I assume you kept pHF constant, but would be good if you had stated it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 9 where diatomic hydrogen momentum is -3 kg⋅m/s s does not lead to a reaction. Instead, the energy is dissipated as translational and vibrational motion in hydrogen fluoride. Figure 10 shows a complete reaction pathway, the vibrational energy here is in the product of diatomic hydrogen. The vibrational energy is significant, since the amplitude of oscillation is high. Figure 11 again shows failure of the reaction pathway to move towards the products, and instead the energy is dissipated in vibrational and translational energy in hydrogen fluoride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules describe the effects of the distribution of the total energy of a molecule into its different modes on the transition state of a reaction. The modes concerned are translational and vibrational. One rule is that vibrational energy is more significant for promoting a late activation energy in a reaction profile than translational energy is. Conversely, translational energy promotes an early reaction barrier more significantly than vibrational energy does. In the first case the reaction is exothermic, the second, endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction: F + H2 → FH + H is exothermic and so it can be predicted that a high proportion of the total energy of the molecule being located in translational modes would promote reaction. This is illustrated in looking at the above plots of momenta and energy against time.&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the reverse reaction, which is endothermic, a high contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy of the reactant promotes completion of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:19, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I can tell that you understand what you did, but why did you not study trajectories for the reverse reaction as well. An overall conclusion would have been nice. Also where are your references for Polanyi&#039;s rules?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Reaction Rate Theory, http://www.acmm.nl/ensing/thesis/node9.html, ( accessed May 2018) &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot;&amp;gt; E. Anslyn, A. Dennis, Transition State Theory and Related Topics. In Modern Physical Organic Chemistry University Science Books, 2006, p. 365–373 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;&amp;gt; R. Gurney, E. Condon, 1929, Quantum Mechanics and Radioactive Disintegration, Phys. Rev. 33, p. 127–140. &amp;lt;ref/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733383</id>
		<title>MRD:01235058220518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733383"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:19:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Potential Energy Surface, Transition State and Minima ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state of the reaction, the potential energy surface is at a maximum following increase in energy from from the reactants&#039; energy, equal to the activation energy. At this ridge point, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 . There is a point where the potential energy graph direction changes direction to be orthogonal to the direction of the reactants, the point where the graph changes direction is at the transition state. Likewise, at a minimum in the potential energy surface ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:26, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What about the second derivative?? You need it to differentiate between the two. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Position of the Transition State, rts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the plot of internuclear distance against time with the given parameters of r1= 0.74, r2= 2.30, p1= 0, p2= -2.7. The transition state is symmetrical, and occurs where the distances r1 = r2 = 0.908 Angstroms- at this internuclear distance, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 are satisfied. To locate the radii of the transition state, the momenta of AB and BC were set to zero in order to remove the tendency of the atoms to be carried by their momenta away from one another once reaching the transition state radii. The graph of internuclear distance vs. time, Figure 2, thereby shows a straight line of zero gradient, illustrating that the internuclear distance is not changing with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistancePlot1.png|thumb|left|Figure 1: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PlotDistanceTime.png|thumb|right|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance vs. Time at the Transition State]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics and Minimum Energy Pathway, MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy reaction pathway given by the system with infinitely slow molecular motion and zero moment of inertia. Oscillation due to vibrational energy is observed in the &#039;dynamics&#039; plot, however in the MEP plot there is no observed vibrational oscillation. Figure 3 shows the internuclear distance vs. time MEP at a slight deviation of r1 from 0.908 at the transition state to 0.918. Momenta remained at zero and r2 remained at the radius for the transition state rts= 0.908.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InitialMEP.png|thumb|centre|Figure 3: MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the radii r1 and r2 interchanged so that now r2= 0.918, r1= rts, the graph of internuclear distance vs. time shows an exchange in the trends for AB and BC. Conversely to before, now the distance between A and B decreases with time, but the distance between nuclei B and C increases with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Oppositeplot.png|thumb|centre|Figure 4: Reversed MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial radii values to the final values of the trajectory above, and reversing the momenta vectors shows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:27, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units units units. An additional contour or surface plot would have illustrated this better. You don&#039;t see any vibrations in the MEP because the vibrational energy is set to zero at each step. A momentum vs time plot would have illustrated this further. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reaction Trajectories: Reactive and Unreactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
The energy profile of a reaction, regardless of whether the free energy change is endothermic or exothermic, will pass over an energy barrier known as the activation energy, and reach a saddle point (the derivative of the graph equals zero here) corresponding to the energy of the transition state. In order to react, the reactants must collide with reactive orientation, and sufficient energy to react- the reactants possess this energy in a number of forms- here we are primarily concerned with kinetic, translational, and vibrational energy. If there is insufficient energy to react upon collision, the system will revert back to the reactants. It is possible for the system to pass the transition state energy and still revert back to reactants without reaction completion. This is known as barrier recrossing &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;, and is illustrated with the penultimate parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of momenta on reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy !! Reactivity !! Surface Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.119 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj1.png|400px]] || This trajectory is reactive. The reaction starts with no A-B oscillation, however once the product B-C is formed there is significant vibrational oscillation. The fact that there is no A-B oscillation before reaction shows that the atom C attacks A-B to form the triatomic transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj2.png|400px]] || The A-B bond has significant vibrational energy, as shown by the oscillation along the A-B distance axis, however this energy is insufficient for overcoming the energy barrier of the reaction activation energy. Therefore the reaction does not continue towards the products and this trajectory is said to be unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj3.png|400px]] || The momenta in this case yield sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier to reaction, and the reaction occurs. Both the approach interaction B-C and the product A-B molecule show significant vibrational oscillation. As expected with theory, the additional energy in the A-B molecule is used in breaking the A-B bond- a process which begins by elongation of the bond which is illustrated in this surface plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:Reactiontraj4.png|400px]] || This trajectory is unreactive. The A-B bond is shown not to oscillate initially. The A-B molecule and atom C then collide and begin to form the triatomic A-B-C transition state. The reaction path, however, does not proceed to products- this must be due to the forming transition state not reaching the saddle point of the minimum energy pathway due to insufficient energy in the complex. The symmetrical transition state does not form and therefore the reaction does not proceed to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj5.png|400px]] || The reaction path here is shown to be reactive. The A-B molecule again shows not to oscillate upon approach of the attacking C atom. Conversely, the product B-C is formed and oscillates very strongly, suggesting significant energy localised in vibrational modes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, if the reactants begin at the same positions but with greater momentum, they will possess greater kinetic energy. The starting positions of the reactants were kept constant throughout the stimulations, at r1= 0.74 and r2= 2.0 Generally this trend is followed, as seen between stimulations 2 and 3, where increasing the momentum by (-)0.5 produces a reaction that previously did not occur. However, some cases above show that this is not necessarily always true. For example, stimulation 4 is with greater momentum for both A-B and C compared to trajectories that previously, produced a reaction, however they did not react. This proves that there is more to a successful collision than having enough kinetic energy. &lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The reaction will follow the minimum energy pathway (mep).&lt;br /&gt;
2. Classical behaviour must be obeyed.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Quasi-equilibrium assumption: The activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactants. The activated complex to products is irreversible. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption one is not always true, since reactions can proceed via pathways other than the minimum energy pathway. An example could when the activation energy barrier is surpassed via activation photochemically. Assumption three is clearly broken in the example previously discussed where barrier crossing occurs. In this case, if reaction does not go to completion it must be because the activated complex is in equilibrium with the products as well as the reactants- hence giving reversibility. With regards to assumption two, classical behaviour is not always obeyed since quantum mechanical behaviour, such as tunnelling&amp;lt;ref name= &amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, are possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:33, 28 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I like the smooth transition from table to TST as in a proper report. The term you mean for the penultimate case is called &amp;quot;recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This stimulation concerns the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 ⇌ H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reversible, exothermic in the forwards direction. This is expected due to the formation of a strongly ionic H-F bond, more than compensating for the breaking of a covalent H-H bond, despite this bond being strong.&lt;br /&gt;
In this stimulation, atom A is fluorine, atoms B and C are hydrogen. The transition state for the reaction between fluorine and diatomic hydrogen is observed at distances A-B= 1.814 Angstroms, B-C= 0.741 Angstroms, as shown in figure 5 below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:12, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IF the forwards reaction is exothermic then what does this mean for the backwards reaction? The HF bond is not strongly ionic, it&#039;s strongly dipolar covalent. Ionic bonds only exist between anions and cations. Why is the HF bond stronger than the HH bond? Here you could have given the EN, the bond energy or described the difference in energy illustrating the endothermic and exothermic trajectory using the relative energies of the PES surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHFeqm.png|thumb|left|Figure 5: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method for finding the transition state was &#039;dynamics&#039; with momenta set to zero to prevent deviation of the atom positions from the transition state once it has been reached. Figure 5 shows no change in interatomic distances with time and no vibrational oscillations- true for a system at rest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How did you obtain the TS? what was your method? Did you think about hammond&#039;s postulate?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to find the activation energy the calculation method was changed fromm dynamics to MEP. The distance of the approaching fluorine was displaced from that of the transition state. The system, when displaced from the transition state, follows the reaction pathway either back to the reactants or to the products. By Hammond&#039;s Postulate, at small deviation in energy on the potential surface there will be a structurally similar system to that at the original point, since they are only separated by a small amount of energy. For exothermic reactions, since the energy profile shows a drop below the energy of the reactants to reach the products, show reactants that are more structurally similar to the transition state than the products are. Therefore it is more sensible to vary the distance A-B to find the activation energy than to vary the B-C distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The A-B distance was varied from 1.814 to 1.914 Angstroms. It was necessary to increase the number of steps from 500 to 10,000 since the activation energy is so small. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transitionstatehhf.png|thumb|right|Figure 6: Surface Plot for Calculation of Activation Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kcal/mol. The activation energy was +0.355 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction, however, is endothermic. The energy of the products was -133.404 kcal/mol. Taking into account the energy of the transition state, the activation energy for the backwards reaction was therefore +29.535 kcal/mol. The potential energy against time graph for HF + H is shown in figure 7. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-2.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For atom A= F, atom B= H, atom C= H, and the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
Radii: A-B= 1.91Å, B-C= 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta: AB = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exothermplot.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H-H + F to HF + H appears to be exothermic since vibrational oscillation increases significantly following reaction at around 1ns. A release in energy would be expected to increase vibrational activity in the products. Figure 8 shows that the HF product has significantly more vibrational energy than the reactants, as shown by very high frequency amplitude of oscillation. Therefore this is related to the conservation of energy because the exothermic reaction energy is taken up into the vibrational modes of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-3.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Internuclear Momenta vs. Time for Formation of HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction could be measured experimentally by bomb calorimetry. Using the equation of heat flow equal to the enthalpy of the reaction at constant pressure, enthalpy changes can be measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Effect of Varying Momentum ====&lt;br /&gt;
With F-H distance: 1.91 Angstroms, H-H distance: 0.74555, FH momentum: -0.5 kg⋅m/s, H-H momentum: -3.0 kg⋅m/s, the following contour surface is given:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-5.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot shows that at these values of momenta the reaction pathway does not proceed to products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-6.png|thumb|centre|Figure 10: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -0.5kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This Reaction pathway shows completion to products.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-7.png|thumb|centre|Figure 11: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= +3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction pathway shows an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:17, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You only state pHH with your figures, hence I assume you kept pHF constant, but would be good if you had stated it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 9 where diatomic hydrogen momentum is -3 kg⋅m/s s does not lead to a reaction. Instead, the energy is dissipated as translational and vibrational motion in hydrogen fluoride. Figure 10 shows a complete reaction pathway, the vibrational energy here is in the product of diatomic hydrogen. The vibrational energy is significant, since the amplitude of oscillation is high. Figure 11 again shows failure of the reaction pathway to move towards the products, and instead the energy is dissipated in vibrational and translational energy in hydrogen fluoride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules describe the effects of the distribution of the total energy of a molecule into its different modes on the transition state of a reaction. The modes concerned are translational and vibrational. One rule is that vibrational energy is more significant for promoting a late activation energy in a reaction profile than translational energy is. Conversely, translational energy promotes an early reaction barrier more significantly than vibrational energy does. In the first case the reaction is exothermic, the second, endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction: F + H2 → FH + H is exothermic and so it can be predicted that a high proportion of the total energy of the molecule being located in translational modes would promote reaction. This is illustrated in looking at the above plots of momenta and energy against time.&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the reverse reaction, which is endothermic, a high contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy of the reactant promotes completion of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:19, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I can tell that you understand what you did, but why did you not study trajectories for the reverse reaction as well. An overall conclusion would have been nice. Also where are your references for Polanyi&#039;s rules?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Reaction Rate Theory, http://www.acmm.nl/ensing/thesis/node9.html, ( accessed May 2018) &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot;&amp;gt; E. Anslyn, A. Dennis, Transition State Theory and Related Topics. In Modern Physical Organic Chemistry University Science Books, 2006, p. 365–373 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;&amp;gt; R. Gurney, E. Condon, 1929, Quantum Mechanics and Radioactive Disintegration, Phys. Rev. 33, p. 127–140. &amp;lt;ref/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733382</id>
		<title>MRD:01235058220518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733382"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:17:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* Effect of Varying Momentum */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Potential Energy Surface, Transition State and Minima ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state of the reaction, the potential energy surface is at a maximum following increase in energy from from the reactants&#039; energy, equal to the activation energy. At this ridge point, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 . There is a point where the potential energy graph direction changes direction to be orthogonal to the direction of the reactants, the point where the graph changes direction is at the transition state. Likewise, at a minimum in the potential energy surface ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:26, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What about the second derivative?? You need it to differentiate between the two. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Position of the Transition State, rts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the plot of internuclear distance against time with the given parameters of r1= 0.74, r2= 2.30, p1= 0, p2= -2.7. The transition state is symmetrical, and occurs where the distances r1 = r2 = 0.908 Angstroms- at this internuclear distance, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 are satisfied. To locate the radii of the transition state, the momenta of AB and BC were set to zero in order to remove the tendency of the atoms to be carried by their momenta away from one another once reaching the transition state radii. The graph of internuclear distance vs. time, Figure 2, thereby shows a straight line of zero gradient, illustrating that the internuclear distance is not changing with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistancePlot1.png|thumb|left|Figure 1: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PlotDistanceTime.png|thumb|right|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance vs. Time at the Transition State]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics and Minimum Energy Pathway, MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy reaction pathway given by the system with infinitely slow molecular motion and zero moment of inertia. Oscillation due to vibrational energy is observed in the &#039;dynamics&#039; plot, however in the MEP plot there is no observed vibrational oscillation. Figure 3 shows the internuclear distance vs. time MEP at a slight deviation of r1 from 0.908 at the transition state to 0.918. Momenta remained at zero and r2 remained at the radius for the transition state rts= 0.908.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InitialMEP.png|thumb|centre|Figure 3: MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the radii r1 and r2 interchanged so that now r2= 0.918, r1= rts, the graph of internuclear distance vs. time shows an exchange in the trends for AB and BC. Conversely to before, now the distance between A and B decreases with time, but the distance between nuclei B and C increases with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Oppositeplot.png|thumb|centre|Figure 4: Reversed MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial radii values to the final values of the trajectory above, and reversing the momenta vectors shows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:27, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units units units. An additional contour or surface plot would have illustrated this better. You don&#039;t see any vibrations in the MEP because the vibrational energy is set to zero at each step. A momentum vs time plot would have illustrated this further. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reaction Trajectories: Reactive and Unreactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
The energy profile of a reaction, regardless of whether the free energy change is endothermic or exothermic, will pass over an energy barrier known as the activation energy, and reach a saddle point (the derivative of the graph equals zero here) corresponding to the energy of the transition state. In order to react, the reactants must collide with reactive orientation, and sufficient energy to react- the reactants possess this energy in a number of forms- here we are primarily concerned with kinetic, translational, and vibrational energy. If there is insufficient energy to react upon collision, the system will revert back to the reactants. It is possible for the system to pass the transition state energy and still revert back to reactants without reaction completion. This is known as barrier recrossing &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;, and is illustrated with the penultimate parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of momenta on reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy !! Reactivity !! Surface Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.119 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj1.png|400px]] || This trajectory is reactive. The reaction starts with no A-B oscillation, however once the product B-C is formed there is significant vibrational oscillation. The fact that there is no A-B oscillation before reaction shows that the atom C attacks A-B to form the triatomic transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj2.png|400px]] || The A-B bond has significant vibrational energy, as shown by the oscillation along the A-B distance axis, however this energy is insufficient for overcoming the energy barrier of the reaction activation energy. Therefore the reaction does not continue towards the products and this trajectory is said to be unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj3.png|400px]] || The momenta in this case yield sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier to reaction, and the reaction occurs. Both the approach interaction B-C and the product A-B molecule show significant vibrational oscillation. As expected with theory, the additional energy in the A-B molecule is used in breaking the A-B bond- a process which begins by elongation of the bond which is illustrated in this surface plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:Reactiontraj4.png|400px]] || This trajectory is unreactive. The A-B bond is shown not to oscillate initially. The A-B molecule and atom C then collide and begin to form the triatomic A-B-C transition state. The reaction path, however, does not proceed to products- this must be due to the forming transition state not reaching the saddle point of the minimum energy pathway due to insufficient energy in the complex. The symmetrical transition state does not form and therefore the reaction does not proceed to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj5.png|400px]] || The reaction path here is shown to be reactive. The A-B molecule again shows not to oscillate upon approach of the attacking C atom. Conversely, the product B-C is formed and oscillates very strongly, suggesting significant energy localised in vibrational modes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, if the reactants begin at the same positions but with greater momentum, they will possess greater kinetic energy. The starting positions of the reactants were kept constant throughout the stimulations, at r1= 0.74 and r2= 2.0 Generally this trend is followed, as seen between stimulations 2 and 3, where increasing the momentum by (-)0.5 produces a reaction that previously did not occur. However, some cases above show that this is not necessarily always true. For example, stimulation 4 is with greater momentum for both A-B and C compared to trajectories that previously, produced a reaction, however they did not react. This proves that there is more to a successful collision than having enough kinetic energy. &lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The reaction will follow the minimum energy pathway (mep).&lt;br /&gt;
2. Classical behaviour must be obeyed.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Quasi-equilibrium assumption: The activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactants. The activated complex to products is irreversible. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption one is not always true, since reactions can proceed via pathways other than the minimum energy pathway. An example could when the activation energy barrier is surpassed via activation photochemically. Assumption three is clearly broken in the example previously discussed where barrier crossing occurs. In this case, if reaction does not go to completion it must be because the activated complex is in equilibrium with the products as well as the reactants- hence giving reversibility. With regards to assumption two, classical behaviour is not always obeyed since quantum mechanical behaviour, such as tunnelling&amp;lt;ref name= &amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, are possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:33, 28 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I like the smooth transition from table to TST as in a proper report. The term you mean for the penultimate case is called &amp;quot;recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This stimulation concerns the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 ⇌ H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reversible, exothermic in the forwards direction. This is expected due to the formation of a strongly ionic H-F bond, more than compensating for the breaking of a covalent H-H bond, despite this bond being strong.&lt;br /&gt;
In this stimulation, atom A is fluorine, atoms B and C are hydrogen. The transition state for the reaction between fluorine and diatomic hydrogen is observed at distances A-B= 1.814 Angstroms, B-C= 0.741 Angstroms, as shown in figure 5 below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:12, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IF the forwards reaction is exothermic then what does this mean for the backwards reaction? The HF bond is not strongly ionic, it&#039;s strongly dipolar covalent. Ionic bonds only exist between anions and cations. Why is the HF bond stronger than the HH bond? Here you could have given the EN, the bond energy or described the difference in energy illustrating the endothermic and exothermic trajectory using the relative energies of the PES surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHFeqm.png|thumb|left|Figure 5: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method for finding the transition state was &#039;dynamics&#039; with momenta set to zero to prevent deviation of the atom positions from the transition state once it has been reached. Figure 5 shows no change in interatomic distances with time and no vibrational oscillations- true for a system at rest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How did you obtain the TS? what was your method? Did you think about hammond&#039;s postulate?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to find the activation energy the calculation method was changed fromm dynamics to MEP. The distance of the approaching fluorine was displaced from that of the transition state. The system, when displaced from the transition state, follows the reaction pathway either back to the reactants or to the products. By Hammond&#039;s Postulate, at small deviation in energy on the potential surface there will be a structurally similar system to that at the original point, since they are only separated by a small amount of energy. For exothermic reactions, since the energy profile shows a drop below the energy of the reactants to reach the products, show reactants that are more structurally similar to the transition state than the products are. Therefore it is more sensible to vary the distance A-B to find the activation energy than to vary the B-C distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The A-B distance was varied from 1.814 to 1.914 Angstroms. It was necessary to increase the number of steps from 500 to 10,000 since the activation energy is so small. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transitionstatehhf.png|thumb|right|Figure 6: Surface Plot for Calculation of Activation Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kcal/mol. The activation energy was +0.355 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction, however, is endothermic. The energy of the products was -133.404 kcal/mol. Taking into account the energy of the transition state, the activation energy for the backwards reaction was therefore +29.535 kcal/mol. The potential energy against time graph for HF + H is shown in figure 7. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-2.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For atom A= F, atom B= H, atom C= H, and the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
Radii: A-B= 1.91Å, B-C= 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta: AB = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exothermplot.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H-H + F to HF + H appears to be exothermic since vibrational oscillation increases significantly following reaction at around 1ns. A release in energy would be expected to increase vibrational activity in the products. Figure 8 shows that the HF product has significantly more vibrational energy than the reactants, as shown by very high frequency amplitude of oscillation. Therefore this is related to the conservation of energy because the exothermic reaction energy is taken up into the vibrational modes of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-3.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Internuclear Momenta vs. Time for Formation of HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction could be measured experimentally by bomb calorimetry. Using the equation of heat flow equal to the enthalpy of the reaction at constant pressure, enthalpy changes can be measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Effect of Varying Momentum ====&lt;br /&gt;
With F-H distance: 1.91 Angstroms, H-H distance: 0.74555, FH momentum: -0.5 kg⋅m/s, H-H momentum: -3.0 kg⋅m/s, the following contour surface is given:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-5.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot shows that at these values of momenta the reaction pathway does not proceed to products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-6.png|thumb|centre|Figure 10: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -0.5kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This Reaction pathway shows completion to products.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-7.png|thumb|centre|Figure 11: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= +3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction pathway shows an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:17, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You only state pHH with your figures, hence I assume you kept pHF constant, but would be good if you had stated it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 9 where diatomic hydrogen momentum is -3 kg⋅m/s s does not lead to a reaction. Instead, the energy is dissipated as translational and vibrational motion in hydrogen fluoride. Figure 10 shows a complete reaction pathway, the vibrational energy here is in the product of diatomic hydrogen. The vibrational energy is significant, since the amplitude of oscillation is high. Figure 11 again shows failure of the reaction pathway to move towards the products, and instead the energy is dissipated in vibrational and translational energy in hydrogen fluoride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules describe the effects of the distribution of the total energy of a molecule into its different modes on the transition state of a reaction. The modes concerned are translational and vibrational. One rule is that vibrational energy is more significant for promoting a late activation energy in a reaction profile than translational energy is. Conversely, translational energy promotes an early reaction barrier more significantly than vibrational energy does. In the first case the reaction is exothermic, the second, endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction: F + H2 → FH + H is exothermic and so it can be predicted that a high proportion of the total energy of the molecule being located in translational modes would promote reaction. This is illustrated in looking at the above plots of momenta and energy against time.&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the reverse reaction, which is endothermic, a high contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy of the reactant promotes completion of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Reaction Rate Theory, http://www.acmm.nl/ensing/thesis/node9.html, ( accessed May 2018) &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot;&amp;gt; E. Anslyn, A. Dennis, Transition State Theory and Related Topics. In Modern Physical Organic Chemistry University Science Books, 2006, p. 365–373 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;&amp;gt; R. Gurney, E. Condon, 1929, Quantum Mechanics and Radioactive Disintegration, Phys. Rev. 33, p. 127–140. &amp;lt;ref/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733381</id>
		<title>MRD:01235058220518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733381"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:13:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* F-H-H System */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Potential Energy Surface, Transition State and Minima ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state of the reaction, the potential energy surface is at a maximum following increase in energy from from the reactants&#039; energy, equal to the activation energy. At this ridge point, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 . There is a point where the potential energy graph direction changes direction to be orthogonal to the direction of the reactants, the point where the graph changes direction is at the transition state. Likewise, at a minimum in the potential energy surface ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:26, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What about the second derivative?? You need it to differentiate between the two. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Position of the Transition State, rts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the plot of internuclear distance against time with the given parameters of r1= 0.74, r2= 2.30, p1= 0, p2= -2.7. The transition state is symmetrical, and occurs where the distances r1 = r2 = 0.908 Angstroms- at this internuclear distance, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 are satisfied. To locate the radii of the transition state, the momenta of AB and BC were set to zero in order to remove the tendency of the atoms to be carried by their momenta away from one another once reaching the transition state radii. The graph of internuclear distance vs. time, Figure 2, thereby shows a straight line of zero gradient, illustrating that the internuclear distance is not changing with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistancePlot1.png|thumb|left|Figure 1: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PlotDistanceTime.png|thumb|right|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance vs. Time at the Transition State]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics and Minimum Energy Pathway, MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy reaction pathway given by the system with infinitely slow molecular motion and zero moment of inertia. Oscillation due to vibrational energy is observed in the &#039;dynamics&#039; plot, however in the MEP plot there is no observed vibrational oscillation. Figure 3 shows the internuclear distance vs. time MEP at a slight deviation of r1 from 0.908 at the transition state to 0.918. Momenta remained at zero and r2 remained at the radius for the transition state rts= 0.908.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InitialMEP.png|thumb|centre|Figure 3: MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the radii r1 and r2 interchanged so that now r2= 0.918, r1= rts, the graph of internuclear distance vs. time shows an exchange in the trends for AB and BC. Conversely to before, now the distance between A and B decreases with time, but the distance between nuclei B and C increases with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Oppositeplot.png|thumb|centre|Figure 4: Reversed MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial radii values to the final values of the trajectory above, and reversing the momenta vectors shows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:27, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units units units. An additional contour or surface plot would have illustrated this better. You don&#039;t see any vibrations in the MEP because the vibrational energy is set to zero at each step. A momentum vs time plot would have illustrated this further. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reaction Trajectories: Reactive and Unreactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
The energy profile of a reaction, regardless of whether the free energy change is endothermic or exothermic, will pass over an energy barrier known as the activation energy, and reach a saddle point (the derivative of the graph equals zero here) corresponding to the energy of the transition state. In order to react, the reactants must collide with reactive orientation, and sufficient energy to react- the reactants possess this energy in a number of forms- here we are primarily concerned with kinetic, translational, and vibrational energy. If there is insufficient energy to react upon collision, the system will revert back to the reactants. It is possible for the system to pass the transition state energy and still revert back to reactants without reaction completion. This is known as barrier recrossing &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;, and is illustrated with the penultimate parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of momenta on reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy !! Reactivity !! Surface Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.119 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj1.png|400px]] || This trajectory is reactive. The reaction starts with no A-B oscillation, however once the product B-C is formed there is significant vibrational oscillation. The fact that there is no A-B oscillation before reaction shows that the atom C attacks A-B to form the triatomic transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj2.png|400px]] || The A-B bond has significant vibrational energy, as shown by the oscillation along the A-B distance axis, however this energy is insufficient for overcoming the energy barrier of the reaction activation energy. Therefore the reaction does not continue towards the products and this trajectory is said to be unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj3.png|400px]] || The momenta in this case yield sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier to reaction, and the reaction occurs. Both the approach interaction B-C and the product A-B molecule show significant vibrational oscillation. As expected with theory, the additional energy in the A-B molecule is used in breaking the A-B bond- a process which begins by elongation of the bond which is illustrated in this surface plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:Reactiontraj4.png|400px]] || This trajectory is unreactive. The A-B bond is shown not to oscillate initially. The A-B molecule and atom C then collide and begin to form the triatomic A-B-C transition state. The reaction path, however, does not proceed to products- this must be due to the forming transition state not reaching the saddle point of the minimum energy pathway due to insufficient energy in the complex. The symmetrical transition state does not form and therefore the reaction does not proceed to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj5.png|400px]] || The reaction path here is shown to be reactive. The A-B molecule again shows not to oscillate upon approach of the attacking C atom. Conversely, the product B-C is formed and oscillates very strongly, suggesting significant energy localised in vibrational modes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, if the reactants begin at the same positions but with greater momentum, they will possess greater kinetic energy. The starting positions of the reactants were kept constant throughout the stimulations, at r1= 0.74 and r2= 2.0 Generally this trend is followed, as seen between stimulations 2 and 3, where increasing the momentum by (-)0.5 produces a reaction that previously did not occur. However, some cases above show that this is not necessarily always true. For example, stimulation 4 is with greater momentum for both A-B and C compared to trajectories that previously, produced a reaction, however they did not react. This proves that there is more to a successful collision than having enough kinetic energy. &lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The reaction will follow the minimum energy pathway (mep).&lt;br /&gt;
2. Classical behaviour must be obeyed.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Quasi-equilibrium assumption: The activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactants. The activated complex to products is irreversible. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption one is not always true, since reactions can proceed via pathways other than the minimum energy pathway. An example could when the activation energy barrier is surpassed via activation photochemically. Assumption three is clearly broken in the example previously discussed where barrier crossing occurs. In this case, if reaction does not go to completion it must be because the activated complex is in equilibrium with the products as well as the reactants- hence giving reversibility. With regards to assumption two, classical behaviour is not always obeyed since quantum mechanical behaviour, such as tunnelling&amp;lt;ref name= &amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, are possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:33, 28 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I like the smooth transition from table to TST as in a proper report. The term you mean for the penultimate case is called &amp;quot;recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This stimulation concerns the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 ⇌ H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reversible, exothermic in the forwards direction. This is expected due to the formation of a strongly ionic H-F bond, more than compensating for the breaking of a covalent H-H bond, despite this bond being strong.&lt;br /&gt;
In this stimulation, atom A is fluorine, atoms B and C are hydrogen. The transition state for the reaction between fluorine and diatomic hydrogen is observed at distances A-B= 1.814 Angstroms, B-C= 0.741 Angstroms, as shown in figure 5 below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:12, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IF the forwards reaction is exothermic then what does this mean for the backwards reaction? The HF bond is not strongly ionic, it&#039;s strongly dipolar covalent. Ionic bonds only exist between anions and cations. Why is the HF bond stronger than the HH bond? Here you could have given the EN, the bond energy or described the difference in energy illustrating the endothermic and exothermic trajectory using the relative energies of the PES surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHFeqm.png|thumb|left|Figure 5: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method for finding the transition state was &#039;dynamics&#039; with momenta set to zero to prevent deviation of the atom positions from the transition state once it has been reached. Figure 5 shows no change in interatomic distances with time and no vibrational oscillations- true for a system at rest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How did you obtain the TS? what was your method? Did you think about hammond&#039;s postulate?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to find the activation energy the calculation method was changed fromm dynamics to MEP. The distance of the approaching fluorine was displaced from that of the transition state. The system, when displaced from the transition state, follows the reaction pathway either back to the reactants or to the products. By Hammond&#039;s Postulate, at small deviation in energy on the potential surface there will be a structurally similar system to that at the original point, since they are only separated by a small amount of energy. For exothermic reactions, since the energy profile shows a drop below the energy of the reactants to reach the products, show reactants that are more structurally similar to the transition state than the products are. Therefore it is more sensible to vary the distance A-B to find the activation energy than to vary the B-C distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The A-B distance was varied from 1.814 to 1.914 Angstroms. It was necessary to increase the number of steps from 500 to 10,000 since the activation energy is so small. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transitionstatehhf.png|thumb|right|Figure 6: Surface Plot for Calculation of Activation Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kcal/mol. The activation energy was +0.355 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction, however, is endothermic. The energy of the products was -133.404 kcal/mol. Taking into account the energy of the transition state, the activation energy for the backwards reaction was therefore +29.535 kcal/mol. The potential energy against time graph for HF + H is shown in figure 7. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-2.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For atom A= F, atom B= H, atom C= H, and the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
Radii: A-B= 1.91Å, B-C= 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta: AB = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exothermplot.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H-H + F to HF + H appears to be exothermic since vibrational oscillation increases significantly following reaction at around 1ns. A release in energy would be expected to increase vibrational activity in the products. Figure 8 shows that the HF product has significantly more vibrational energy than the reactants, as shown by very high frequency amplitude of oscillation. Therefore this is related to the conservation of energy because the exothermic reaction energy is taken up into the vibrational modes of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-3.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Internuclear Momenta vs. Time for Formation of HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction could be measured experimentally by bomb calorimetry. Using the equation of heat flow equal to the enthalpy of the reaction at constant pressure, enthalpy changes can be measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Effect of Varying Momentum ====&lt;br /&gt;
With F-H distance: 1.91 Angstroms, H-H distance: 0.74555, FH momentum: -0.5 kg⋅m/s, H-H momentum: -3.0 kg⋅m/s, the following contour surface is given:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-5.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot shows that at these values of momenta the reaction pathway does not proceed to products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-6.png|thumb|centre|Figure 10: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -0.5kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This Reaction pathway shows completion to products.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-7.png|thumb|centre|Figure 11: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= +3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction pathway shows an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 9 where diatomic hydrogen momentum is -3 kg⋅m/s s does not lead to a reaction. Instead, the energy is dissipated as translational and vibrational motion in hydrogen fluoride. Figure 10 shows a complete reaction pathway, the vibrational energy here is in the product of diatomic hydrogen. The vibrational energy is significant, since the amplitude of oscillation is high. Figure 11 again shows failure of the reaction pathway to move towards the products, and instead the energy is dissipated in vibrational and translational energy in hydrogen fluoride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules describe the effects of the distribution of the total energy of a molecule into its different modes on the transition state of a reaction. The modes concerned are translational and vibrational. One rule is that vibrational energy is more significant for promoting a late activation energy in a reaction profile than translational energy is. Conversely, translational energy promotes an early reaction barrier more significantly than vibrational energy does. In the first case the reaction is exothermic, the second, endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction: F + H2 → FH + H is exothermic and so it can be predicted that a high proportion of the total energy of the molecule being located in translational modes would promote reaction. This is illustrated in looking at the above plots of momenta and energy against time.&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the reverse reaction, which is endothermic, a high contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy of the reactant promotes completion of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Reaction Rate Theory, http://www.acmm.nl/ensing/thesis/node9.html, ( accessed May 2018) &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot;&amp;gt; E. Anslyn, A. Dennis, Transition State Theory and Related Topics. In Modern Physical Organic Chemistry University Science Books, 2006, p. 365–373 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;&amp;gt; R. Gurney, E. Condon, 1929, Quantum Mechanics and Radioactive Disintegration, Phys. Rev. 33, p. 127–140. &amp;lt;ref/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733380</id>
		<title>MRD:01235058220518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01235058220518&amp;diff=733380"/>
		<updated>2018-05-28T23:12:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jas213: /* F-H-H System */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Potential Energy Surface, Transition State and Minima ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the transition state of the reaction, the potential energy surface is at a maximum following increase in energy from from the reactants&#039; energy, equal to the activation energy. At this ridge point, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 . There is a point where the potential energy graph direction changes direction to be orthogonal to the direction of the reactants, the point where the graph changes direction is at the transition state. Likewise, at a minimum in the potential energy surface ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:26, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What about the second derivative?? You need it to differentiate between the two. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Position of the Transition State, rts ===&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 shows the plot of internuclear distance against time with the given parameters of r1= 0.74, r2= 2.30, p1= 0, p2= -2.7. The transition state is symmetrical, and occurs where the distances r1 = r2 = 0.908 Angstroms- at this internuclear distance, ∂V(ri)/∂ri=0 are satisfied. To locate the radii of the transition state, the momenta of AB and BC were set to zero in order to remove the tendency of the atoms to be carried by their momenta away from one another once reaching the transition state radii. The graph of internuclear distance vs. time, Figure 2, thereby shows a straight line of zero gradient, illustrating that the internuclear distance is not changing with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistancePlot1.png|thumb|left|Figure 1: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PlotDistanceTime.png|thumb|right|Figure 2: Internuclear Distance vs. Time at the Transition State]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics and Minimum Energy Pathway, MEP ===&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy reaction pathway given by the system with infinitely slow molecular motion and zero moment of inertia. Oscillation due to vibrational energy is observed in the &#039;dynamics&#039; plot, however in the MEP plot there is no observed vibrational oscillation. Figure 3 shows the internuclear distance vs. time MEP at a slight deviation of r1 from 0.908 at the transition state to 0.918. Momenta remained at zero and r2 remained at the radius for the transition state rts= 0.908.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InitialMEP.png|thumb|centre|Figure 3: MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the radii r1 and r2 interchanged so that now r2= 0.918, r1= rts, the graph of internuclear distance vs. time shows an exchange in the trends for AB and BC. Conversely to before, now the distance between A and B decreases with time, but the distance between nuclei B and C increases with time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Oppositeplot.png|thumb|centre|Figure 4: Reversed MEP Internuclear Distance vs. Time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial radii values to the final values of the trajectory above, and reversing the momenta vectors shows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:27, 28 May 2018 (BST)&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Units units units. An additional contour or surface plot would have illustrated this better. You don&#039;t see any vibrations in the MEP because the vibrational energy is set to zero at each step. A momentum vs time plot would have illustrated this further. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reaction Trajectories: Reactive and Unreactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
The energy profile of a reaction, regardless of whether the free energy change is endothermic or exothermic, will pass over an energy barrier known as the activation energy, and reach a saddle point (the derivative of the graph equals zero here) corresponding to the energy of the transition state. In order to react, the reactants must collide with reactive orientation, and sufficient energy to react- the reactants possess this energy in a number of forms- here we are primarily concerned with kinetic, translational, and vibrational energy. If there is insufficient energy to react upon collision, the system will revert back to the reactants. It is possible for the system to pass the transition state energy and still revert back to reactants without reaction completion. This is known as barrier recrossing &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;, and is illustrated with the penultimate parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Effect of momenta on reactivity&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy !! Reactivity !! Surface Plot !! Description   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.119 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj1.png|400px]] || This trajectory is reactive. The reaction starts with no A-B oscillation, however once the product B-C is formed there is significant vibrational oscillation. The fact that there is no A-B oscillation before reaction shows that the atom C attacks A-B to form the triatomic transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || Unreactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj2.png|400px]] || The A-B bond has significant vibrational energy, as shown by the oscillation along the A-B distance axis, however this energy is insufficient for overcoming the energy barrier of the reaction activation energy. Therefore the reaction does not continue towards the products and this trajectory is said to be unreactive. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Reactive ||[[File:Reactiontraj3.png|400px]] || The momenta in this case yield sufficient energy to overcome the activation energy barrier to reaction, and the reaction occurs. Both the approach interaction B-C and the product A-B molecule show significant vibrational oscillation. As expected with theory, the additional energy in the A-B molecule is used in breaking the A-B bond- a process which begins by elongation of the bond which is illustrated in this surface plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || Unreactive || [[File:Reactiontraj4.png|400px]] || This trajectory is unreactive. The A-B bond is shown not to oscillate initially. The A-B molecule and atom C then collide and begin to form the triatomic A-B-C transition state. The reaction path, however, does not proceed to products- this must be due to the forming transition state not reaching the saddle point of the minimum energy pathway due to insufficient energy in the complex. The symmetrical transition state does not form and therefore the reaction does not proceed to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Reactive || [[File:Reactiontraj5.png|400px]] || The reaction path here is shown to be reactive. The A-B molecule again shows not to oscillate upon approach of the attacking C atom. Conversely, the product B-C is formed and oscillates very strongly, suggesting significant energy localised in vibrational modes.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, if the reactants begin at the same positions but with greater momentum, they will possess greater kinetic energy. The starting positions of the reactants were kept constant throughout the stimulations, at r1= 0.74 and r2= 2.0 Generally this trend is followed, as seen between stimulations 2 and 3, where increasing the momentum by (-)0.5 produces a reaction that previously did not occur. However, some cases above show that this is not necessarily always true. For example, stimulation 4 is with greater momentum for both A-B and C compared to trajectories that previously, produced a reaction, however they did not react. This proves that there is more to a successful collision than having enough kinetic energy. &lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The reaction will follow the minimum energy pathway (mep).&lt;br /&gt;
2. Classical behaviour must be obeyed.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Quasi-equilibrium assumption: The activated complex is in equilibrium with the reactants. The activated complex to products is irreversible. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Assumption one is not always true, since reactions can proceed via pathways other than the minimum energy pathway. An example could when the activation energy barrier is surpassed via activation photochemically. Assumption three is clearly broken in the example previously discussed where barrier crossing occurs. In this case, if reaction does not go to completion it must be because the activated complex is in equilibrium with the products as well as the reactants- hence giving reversibility. With regards to assumption two, classical behaviour is not always obeyed since quantum mechanical behaviour, such as tunnelling&amp;lt;ref name= &amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, are possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 22:33, 28 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;I like the smooth transition from table to TST as in a proper report. The term you mean for the penultimate case is called &amp;quot;recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This stimulation concerns the following reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 ⇌ H + HF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reversible, exothermic in the forwards direction. This is expected due to the formation of a strongly ionic H-F bond, more than compensating for the breaking of a covalent H-H bond, despite this bond being strong.&lt;br /&gt;
In this stimulation, atom A is fluorine, atoms B and C are hydrogen. The transition state for the reaction between fluorine and diatomic hydrogen is observed at distances A-B= 1.814 Angstroms, B-C= 0.741 Angstroms, as shown in figure 5 below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Jas213|Jas213]] ([[User talk:Jas213|talk]]) 00:12, 29 May 2018 (BST) &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IF the forwards reaction is exothermic then what does this mean for the backwards reaction? The HF bond is not strongly ionic, it&#039;s strongly dipolar covalent. Ionic bonds only exist between anions and cations. Why is the HF bond stronger than the HH bond? Here you could have given the EN, the bond energy or described the difference in energy illustrating the endothermic and exothermic trajectory using the relative energies of the PES surface plot. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HHFeqm.png|thumb|left|Figure 5: Plot of Internuclear Distance vs. Time for F-H-H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method for finding the transition state was &#039;dynamics&#039; with momenta set to zero to prevent deviation of the atom positions from the transition state once it has been reached. Figure 5 shows no change in interatomic distances with time and no vibrational oscillations- true for a system at rest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activation Energy ====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to find the activation energy the calculation method was changed fromm dynamics to MEP. The distance of the approaching fluorine was displaced from that of the transition state. The system, when displaced from the transition state, follows the reaction pathway either back to the reactants or to the products. By Hammond&#039;s Postulate, at small deviation in energy on the potential surface there will be a structurally similar system to that at the original point, since they are only separated by a small amount of energy. For exothermic reactions, since the energy profile shows a drop below the energy of the reactants to reach the products, show reactants that are more structurally similar to the transition state than the products are. Therefore it is more sensible to vary the distance A-B to find the activation energy than to vary the B-C distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The A-B distance was varied from 1.814 to 1.914 Angstroms. It was necessary to increase the number of steps from 500 to 10,000 since the activation energy is so small. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Transitionstatehhf.png|thumb|right|Figure 6: Surface Plot for Calculation of Activation Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of the transition state was found to be -103.869 kcal/mol. The activation energy was +0.355 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction, however, is endothermic. The energy of the products was -133.404 kcal/mol. Taking into account the energy of the transition state, the activation energy for the backwards reaction was therefore +29.535 kcal/mol. The potential energy against time graph for HF + H is shown in figure 7. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-2.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction Dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For atom A= F, atom B= H, atom C= H, and the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
Radii: A-B= 1.91Å, B-C= 0.7455 Å&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta: AB = -1.5&lt;br /&gt;
BC = 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exothermplot.png|thumb|right|Figure 7: Potential Energy vs. Time for the Backwards Reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction of H-H + F to HF + H appears to be exothermic since vibrational oscillation increases significantly following reaction at around 1ns. A release in energy would be expected to increase vibrational activity in the products. Figure 8 shows that the HF product has significantly more vibrational energy than the reactants, as shown by very high frequency amplitude of oscillation. Therefore this is related to the conservation of energy because the exothermic reaction energy is taken up into the vibrational modes of the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-3.png|thumb|centre|Figure 8: Internuclear Momenta vs. Time for Formation of HF]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction could be measured experimentally by bomb calorimetry. Using the equation of heat flow equal to the enthalpy of the reaction at constant pressure, enthalpy changes can be measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Effect of Varying Momentum ====&lt;br /&gt;
With F-H distance: 1.91 Angstroms, H-H distance: 0.74555, FH momentum: -0.5 kg⋅m/s, H-H momentum: -3.0 kg⋅m/s, the following contour surface is given:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-5.png|thumb|centre|Figure 9: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot shows that at these values of momenta the reaction pathway does not proceed to products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-6.png|thumb|centre|Figure 10: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= -0.5kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This Reaction pathway shows completion to products.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot-7.png|thumb|centre|Figure 11: Contour Plot at Diatomic Hydrogen Momentum= +3 kg⋅m/s]]&lt;br /&gt;
This reaction pathway shows an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 9 where diatomic hydrogen momentum is -3 kg⋅m/s s does not lead to a reaction. Instead, the energy is dissipated as translational and vibrational motion in hydrogen fluoride. Figure 10 shows a complete reaction pathway, the vibrational energy here is in the product of diatomic hydrogen. The vibrational energy is significant, since the amplitude of oscillation is high. Figure 11 again shows failure of the reaction pathway to move towards the products, and instead the energy is dissipated in vibrational and translational energy in hydrogen fluoride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Polanyi&#039;s Rules ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules describe the effects of the distribution of the total energy of a molecule into its different modes on the transition state of a reaction. The modes concerned are translational and vibrational. One rule is that vibrational energy is more significant for promoting a late activation energy in a reaction profile than translational energy is. Conversely, translational energy promotes an early reaction barrier more significantly than vibrational energy does. In the first case the reaction is exothermic, the second, endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward reaction: F + H2 → FH + H is exothermic and so it can be predicted that a high proportion of the total energy of the molecule being located in translational modes would promote reaction. This is illustrated in looking at the above plots of momenta and energy against time.&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of the reverse reaction, which is endothermic, a high contribution of vibrational energy to the total energy of the reactant promotes completion of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;barrier recrossing&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Reaction Rate Theory, http://www.acmm.nl/ensing/thesis/node9.html, ( accessed May 2018) &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tst&amp;quot;&amp;gt; E. Anslyn, A. Dennis, Transition State Theory and Related Topics. In Modern Physical Organic Chemistry University Science Books, 2006, p. 365–373 &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;tunnelling&amp;quot;&amp;gt; R. Gurney, E. Condon, 1929, Quantum Mechanics and Radioactive Disintegration, Phys. Rev. 33, p. 127–140. &amp;lt;ref/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jas213</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>